XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 MARCH 2012
"Faliure is Success if we learn from it"
Volume - 7 Issue - 9
March, 2012 (Monthly Magazine)
Editorial / Mailing Office :
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.)
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000
e-mail : xtraedge@gmail.com
Editor :
Pramod Maheshwari
[B.Tech. IIT-Delhi]
Cover Design
Govind Saini
Layout
Rajaram Gocher
Circulation & Advertisement
Praveen Chandna
Ph 0744-3040000, 9672977502
Subscription
Himanshu Shukla Ph. 0744-3040000
© Strictly reserved with the publishers
• No Portion of the magazine can be
published/ reproduced without the
written permission of the publisher
• All disputes are subject to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the Kota
Courts only.
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or
omission in this publication. Inr spite of this,
errors are possible. Any mistake, error or
discrepancy noted may be brought to our
notice which shall be taken care of in the
forthcoming edition, hence any suggestion is
welcome. It is notified that neither the
publisher nor the author or seller will be
responsible for any damage or loss of action to
any one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.
Unit Price ` 20/-
Special Subscription Rates
6 issues : ` 100 /- [One issue free ]
12 issues : ` 200 /- [Two issues free]
24 issues : ` 400 /- [Four issues free]
Owned & Published by Pramod
Maheshwari, 112, Shakti Nagar,
Dadabari, Kota & Printed by Naval
Maheshwari, Published & Printed at 112,
Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Editorial
Dear Students,
Find a mentor who can be your role model and your friend !
A mentor is someone you admire and under whom you can study. Throughout
history, the mentor-protege relationship has proven quite fruituful. Socrates was
one of the early mentors. Plato and Aristotle studied under him and later
emerged as great philosophers in their own right.
Some basic rules to know mentors :
• The best mentors are successful people in their own field. Their behaviors
are directly translatable to your life and will have more meaning to you.
• Be suspicious of any mentors who seek to make you dependent on them. It
is better to have them teach you how to fish than to have them catch the
fish for you. That way, you will remain in control.
• Turn your mentors into role models by examining their positive traits.
Write down their virtues. without identifying to whom they belong. When
you are with these mentors, look for even more behavior that reflect their
success. Use these virtues as guidelines for achieving excellence in your
field.
Be cautious while searching for a mentor :
• Select people to be your mentors who have the highest ethical standards
and a genuine willingness to help others.
• Choose mentors who have and will share superb personal development
habits with you and will encourage you to follow suit.
• Incorporate activities into your mentor relationship that will enable your
mentor to introduce you to people of influence or helpfulness.
• Insist that your mentor be diligent about monitoring your progress with
accountability functions.
• Encourage your mentor to make you an independent, competent, fully
functioning, productive individual. (In other words, give them full
permission to be brutally honest about what you need to change.)
Getting benefited from a role-mode :
Acquiring good habits from others will accelerate you towards achieving your
goals. Ask yourself these questions to get the most out of your role
model/mentors :
• What would they do in my situation?
• What do they do every day to encourage growth and to move closer to a
goal ?
• How do they think in general ? in specific situations ?
• Do they have other facts of life in balance ? What effect does that have on
their well-being ?
• How do their traits apply to me ?
• Which traits are worth working on first ? Later ?
A final word : Under the right circumstances mentors make excellent role
models. The one-to-one setting is highly conducive to learning as well as to
friendship. But the same cautions hold true here as for any role model. It is
better to adapt their philosophies to your life than to adopt them .
Presenting forever positive ideas to your success.
Yours truly
Pramod Maheshwari,
B.Tech., IIT Delhi
1 MARCH 2012
 Volume-7 Issue-9
March, 2012 (Monthly Magazine) CONTENTS
INDEX PAGE
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS

Much more IIT-JEE News.

Regulars ..........
Know IIT-JEE With 15 Best Questions of IIT-JEE NEWS ARTICLE 3
• Wavelet & Fractal
Challenging Problems in Physics,, Chemistry & Maths
• IITian bags job with Rs 73 lc salary
Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.
IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS 5
IIT-JEE Mock Test Paper with Solution Mr. Pramod Maheshwari
AIEEE & BIT-SAT Mock Test Paper with Solution
ALL ABOUT ISEET 7
Frequently Asked Questions
KNOW IIT-JEE 9
Previous IIT-JEE Question

Study Time........
S DYNAMIC PHYSICS 18
8-Challenging Problems [Set # 11]
Success Tips for the Months Students’ Forum
Physics Fundamentals
• "All of us are born for a reason, but all of Calorimetry, K.T.G., Heat transfer
us don't discover why. Success in life has Atomic Structure, X-Ray & Radio Activity
nothing to do with what you gain in life or
accomplish for yourself. It's what you do CATALYSE CHEMISTRY 32
for others." Key Concept
Purification of Organic Compounds
• "Don't confuse fame with success. Boron Family & Carbon Family
Madonna is one; Helen Keller is the other." Metallurgy
Understanding : Inorganic Chemistry
• "Success is not the result of spontaneous
combustion. You must first set yourself on DICEY MATHS 39
fire." Mathematical Challenges
• "Success does not consist in never making Students’ Forum
mistakes but in never making the same one Key Concept
a second time." Definite Integrals & Area under curves
Probability
• "A strong, positive self-image is the best
possible preparation for success." Test Time ..........
• "Failure is success if we learn from it."
XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES 50
• "The first step toward success is taken Mock Test IIT-JEE Paper-1 & Paper-2
when you refuse to be a captive of the Mock Test AIEEE
environment in which you first find Mock Test BIT SAT
yourself."
SOLUTIONS 85

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 MARCH 2012

Wavelet & Fractal
The subject of wavelet and fractal
analyses is fast developing and has
drawn a great deal of attention of
scientists in varied disciplines of
science and engineering. The wavelet
transformation is a localized
transformation of signals in space-
time and time-frequency domains.
This property can be effectively
utilized to extract information from
signals that is not possible with the
conventional signal processing tools.
Over the past decade, wavelets,
multiresolution and multifractal
analyses have been formalized into a
thorough mathematical framework
and have found a variety of
applications with significant impact in
the analyses of several geophysical
processes such as geomagnetism,
atmospheric turbulence, space-time
rainfall, ocean wind waves, fluid
dynamics, seafloor bathymetry, well-
logging and climate change studies
among others. It is likely that there
will be a variety of applications of
wavelets and fractals in geophysics in
the years to come.
This workshop aims to create a
platform to discuss the developments
in wavelet-based and fractal-based
data analysis techniques and their
applications in various processes of
Earth, Ocean and Atmospheric
sciences. Papers related to but not
limited to the following themes are
welcome.
• Construction of wavelets
• Discrete and Continuous wavelet
transforms in geophysics
• Multiresolution and Multifractal
Analysis in geophysics
• Wavelet-based optimization
• Wavelet-based data processing
techniques
• Wavelets and Fractals in Earth,
Ocean and Atmospheric Sciences
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT-ian bags job with Rs 73 lc
salary
Bagging a job in US company, Pocket
Gems with a magnificient salary (per
annum) of $137,000 (over Rs 73 lakh), an
IIT student from Kanpur, Karan Narain
made a record.
With these huge amount of salary, Narain
became one of the first IIT-ian and one of
the Indians who have offered such a huge
huge salary during their campus selection.
Speaking about his selection in Pocket
Gems, Narain said, "Pocket Gems is into
mobile application development for
Android and iOS. The interviews held in
Kanpur were completely technical."
The IIT student gave all credit to his
schooling in different cities (Delhi,
Chennai, Hyderabad and Agra) in India and
claimed that the schools, where he has done
his schooling, explored a new world of
knowledge to Narain who is pursuing M
Tech in the IIT-Kanpur.
Ex-IITian NRI's 5 mn dollar
gift to cancer esearch project
Living up to his promise made nearly
four years ago, a US-based Indian and
IT entrepreneur came to his alma-
mater Indian Institute of
Technology (IIT) here to launch
a research centre for biosciences and
bio-engineering with the focus
on cancer.
An alumnus of the 1969 batch of IIT,
Romesh Wadhwani, founder of
Symphony Technology Group and
chairman of Wadhwani Foundation,
along with his wife Kathy and IIT
Bombay director Devang Khakhar,
inaugurated the Wadhwani
Research Centre in Biosciences &
Bioengineering (WRCBB) at the IIT-
Bombay campus
The WRCBB follows a generous gift of
US$ 5 million announced by
Wadhwani in New York, towards the
project, designed to focus on
understanding cell and cancer invasion.
The IIT-B's Faculty of Department of
Biosciences & Bioengineering will be
3 MARCH 2012
affiliated to the WRCBB for
the research projects.
The Department of Biosciences &
Bioengineering is relatively a young
department but has already achieved
recognition for its research
excellence in multiple areas.
These include -- cancer cell biology,
signalling mechanisms in immune
cells, computational biology,
computational neurobiology, bio-
nanotechnology, biosensors and drug
delivery systems, among others.
In addition, WRCBB will focus on
understanding cell motility
and cancer invasion as its research
area with the ultimate goal to build a
better knowledge base in this field.
IIT to design early earthquake
warning system
Indian Institute of Technology,
Gandhinagar, Ahmedabad has taken
up a project to design a 'slightly early'
earthquake warning system. The IIT-
GN researchers have partnered with
California Institute of Technology
(CIT) , Pasadena , USA, to develop
the system which will have a strong
network of low cost motion sensor
and the ability to detect earthquake's
early seismic activity.
"The goal of our project is to put in
place a network of small devices
called accelerometers near an active
fault line which can pick up earth
vibrations. They can be standalone
devices transmitting data to a central
server," said Prof Girish Singhal,
project in-charge at IIT-GN.
Singhal clamied that "A mesh of
very low-cost sensors in that area
shall be able to pick up velocity of
shock waves, issuing slight early
alerts of an earthquake".
According to experts, the alert from the
system will help to close down big
machines, which are major sources of
secondary losses during an earthquake.
Meanwhile, the project is expected to
be of significant help to first
responders during a natural calamity.
IIT KGP to develop technology
for Coal India Ltd.
Coal India Limited (CIL) has
approached IIT Kharagpur for
developing technology to improve
safety standards at mines. CIL had
searched for appropriate technology at
Indian and overseas institutes and
universities without much success.
Currently CIL has adopted the same
practices used in Australian mines,
where safety standards are considered
to be the best in the world.The other
idigenous partner in this project along
with IIT KGP is Jadavpur University.
The outgoing Chairman of CIL
commented that there has been
progress in this regard. The
organiszation is ready to spend
considerable amount for developing
the new technology.
IIT honors Digvijay Singh for
inventing call records eraser
technology
Kanpur : Mighty impressed with his
ability to erase call records from
telecom companies’ database with
help of some secret technology, IIT
here has decided to confer an honorary
degree on Digvijay Singh, senior
Congress leader and former CM of
Madhya Pradesh.
The secret technology came to public
knowledge when it was found that call
records didn’t confirm the claims of
Digvijay Singh about him talking to
Hemant Karkare hours before he (Mr.
Karkare, unfortunately) was killed
fighting the terrorists during the Mumbai
terror attacks in November 2008.
Digvijay Singh apparently has a
special phone with his secretly
developed technology that seamlessly
erases the call records as soon as the
conversation is over
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
“Of course he erased the call records;
he can’t be lying,” Professor P K Dhutt
of IIT Kanpur said.
“It’s amazing,” Professor Dhutt added,
“it surpasses the hacking abilities of
both Mark Zuckerberg and Julian
Assange, and since he (Digvijay Singh)
is from a party that idolizes Mahatma
Gandhi, we have no option but to
conclude that it was a case of ethical
hacking.”
If Diggy Raja, as Digvijay Singh is
respectfully called, accepts this offer from
IIT Kanpur, he’d be awarded PhD in
Electronics and Communications
Engineering. In fact, IIT administration has
suggested that Diggy Raja should file an
application for patent over the technology
that he had developed.
“Need for such a technology is being
felt strongly all over the world,”
Professor Dhutt explained, “imagine if
all those who have been caught on
tapes talking to Niira Radia could erase
all the call records and claim that the
released tapes were work of some
mimicry artists.”
Professor Dhutt further informed that
the institute was willing to spend on
research and development and “enrich”
the technology developed by Digvijay
Singh so that in could be applied in
other areas too.
“It could help us in curbing student
suicides as well; badly performing
students could simply erase their bad
grades from our database with this
technology and choose to start a new
life,” Prof Dhutt wondered about the
possibilities.
Meanwhile sources at IIT Kanpur reveal
that Diggy Raja had almost lost this
honorary degree to some unidentified
“capable people” in BJP, whom he
thought could tamper with WikiLeaks,
rendering the whistleblower website to
some kind of wiki site. But the latest
revelations of missing called records
clinched the deal for Diggy Raja.
4 MARCH 2012
Faking News tried to call up Digvijay
Singh many times to get his reactions
on this development, but all our calls
were unanswered. Strangely, none of
our mobile phones showed Digvijay
Singh’s number in its outgoing call
records list afterwards
IITs will set papers for ISEET:
Kapil Sibal
Kapil Sibal in a conference with state
ministers said that the prestigious
IITs (Indian Institutes of
Technology) of the country will
prepare questions papers for
the ISEET (Indian Science
Engineering Eligibility Test) for next
year. This is the first time when the
government has decided to hold a
common entrance test for all IITs,
NITs of the country rather than
conducting individual tests for them.
Central Board of Secondary
Education (CBSE) will take care of
management and also conduct the
entrance test.
HRD Ministry want to replace the
existing exam AIEEE and IIT-
JEE by ISEET. Both the exams are
conducted by CBSE for engineering
college admission.JEE exam is
conducted by IITs for UG and
Integrated PG engineering courses
for admission in IITs only. This
aspiring exam is going to replace all
state level entrance exams too for
engineering courses.
The ISEET 2013 will be held in two
phases: Main exam and advance
examination. IITs and other Central
Educational Institutions were also
proposing to accept a weightage of
40% for state Board marks.
Some states are not happy with this
change and not willing to accept this
exam. They said that states conduct
the exam in regional language, but
this ISEET exam will be held only in
Hindi or in English. This will create
problem for those students who do
not know both the languages. The
States of Tamil Nadu, Himachal
Pradesh, Odisha, Puducherry and
West Bengal asked for some more
time to study the proposal in detail.
However, the ministry want to reach
up to some conclusion over this
proposal within two months.
 Success Story
This article contains story/interview of persons who succeed after graduation from different IITs
“Pursue Excellence and all else shall follow….”
He holds a B.Tech Degree from IIT Delhi. He is a first
generation entrepreneur and the key founder member of
the company. Recently he has been awarded as the
'Star CEO' of the country. Pramod Maheshwari has over
15 years of experience in developing and implementing
training methodologies. He plays a major role in providing
thought, leadership and strategic guidance, in addition to
supervising the functional heads. He is responsible for the
overall operation and growth of the company.
Career Point was established in 1993, to impart quality
education to students preparing for various competitive
examinations. With the sky-high ideals and commitment to
excellence, now Career Point has taken a shape of vibrant,
dynamic and responsible institute of the country. Today,
Career Point stands apart and well above the rest on a
distinguished platform, as an epitome of success. Since
beginning Career Point’s objective is to enable each
aspirant to achieve success in different competitive
examinations. In the pursuit of which, Career Point has to
its credit a team of outstanding faculty members including
IITians, NITians and Doctors, added with the complete &
finest study material, excellent coaching methodology and
a stimulating academic environment. Career Point believes
that effective guidance is the primary need of every
student, which would create motivation and instill courage
and confidence to face all challenges. And that is exactly
what Career Point imparts in all its coaching programmes.
For every course, Career Point has a strategic & a well
charted programme, which aims at skills in a well
organized manner so that it leads them like a self guided
missile to unfailingly hit the target in the bull’s eye.
Sir, can you tell us what the major competitive strength
of Career Point are?
We believe the following competitive strengths contribute
to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:
Commitment to offering quality courses and student success
We offer quality tutorial courses, and intend to improve
the learning experience for our students. We believe
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Mr. Pramod Maheshwari
B-Tech, IIT-Delhi
CMD & CEO, Career Point Infosystems Ltd., Kota
offering quality academic courses is contingent upon
recruiting and retaining experienced faculty members,
providing updated educational content and effective
academic administration and control on content delivery.
We retain faculty and instructors with relevant industry
experience and appropriate academic credentials. Our
Research and Development Cell helps in reassessing and
updating our tutorial courses on a regular basis which also
helps us in designing new academic courses. Regular
feedbacks from our students are also an inbuilt standard
procedure for our content delivery.
Strong brands and geographic presence
We believe that our training centres have established a
competitive position and brand recognition among
students. We currently have presence across 13 states and
providing our expert services to them. In our Kota centre
students from across the country and even from Singapore
and the Middle East are also there, which in turn reinforces
the brand equity and our geographical reach.
Qualified faculty team
We believe that our qualified and experienced faculty
members contribute to our success. Our faculty members
are graduates in engineering and science from Indian
Institute of Technology, National Institute of Technology
and other colleges in India. Our faculty members are well
equipped with subject knowledge guiding and tutoring
students. We also have an ongoing in-house faculty
training facility which ensures that all our faculty members
undergo training on our teaching methodologies and skills
and subject matter of relevant courses and to keep them
abreast of the changes in competitive entrance examination
trends and changing student needs.
Experience management team
Our senior management team, comprising of senior vice
presidents and above, has collective experience of over 65
years and over 13 years of average experience in the
education industry. We believe our management led by our
Promoters, some of whom have extensive tutorial
5 MARCH 2012
experience, have deep understanding of the education
DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3
industry, which enables us to successfully manage our
operations and facilitate our growth.
Question and Question and
Class of ABC Pending work of Pending work of
Quality teaching methodology
ABC PQR
We have over a period of time developed a scientific
teaching methodology and system of teaching, which we
believe is essential for success in any competitive entrance
Quick Reviev
examination. We understand that in order to achieve for the class of
Quick Review
for the class of
success, one needs knowledge which should be acquired PQR ABC
through a comprehensive systematic approach, rigorous
practice, time management and confidence. Revision
of ABC Class of PQR Class of ABC
Our focus is to train our students by developing necessary
conceptual knowledge base, enhance speed and accuracy
levels, infuse confidence and build the right temperament
Revision of PQR Revision of ABC
to face the competitive entrance examination. In such
competitive examinations, we believe our teaching
methodology plays a key role in enhancing students’ Questions
of ABC
overall performance. Questions of Questions of Next
PQR ABC Class
Sir, recently Career Point has penetrated in capital
market through IPO? Can you tell us what your future
plans are?
The IPO proceeds would be utilised for constructing and DAY1
developing an integrated campus facility; secondly for the On day 1, suppose topic ABC is being taught in
expansion of classroom infrastructure and office facility; the class, now after the class student should
thirdly, for acquisitions and other strategic initiatives; and revise the ABC at home (shown as ABC-
to meet expenses towards general corporate purposes. Revision) in the diagram.
The entire requirement of funds set forth will be met from After revision of ABC student should do the
the proceeds of the issue. We intend to set-up an integrated questions of ABC (shown as Questions of
campus facility at Kota, for 3,000 students which in ABC) to make the ABC topic perfect.
addition to providing tutoring facility will also provide DAY2
facilities such as accommodation for students, library, Now on day 2, student should complete the
guest house for visiting parents, primary health centre, questions and pending work of ABC
auditorium, canteen, cafeteria, indoor and outdoor (Questions and Pending work of ABC).
recreation, staff quarters, provision for utilities like Before the class of PQR on this day student
departmental store, bank facilities etc. should study the PQR which is going to be
Sir, brief us about your recent foray into Education taught in the class (shown as Quick Review
Consultancy and Management Services and formal for the class of PQR).
education? After the class of PQR student will do the
We plan to participate in formal education through revision and problems of PQR (shown as
ECAMS, we believe there is a huge potential for ECAMS Revision of PQR and Questions of PQR).
in the K-12 and Higher Education segment in India. We
What is your take on the new education bill?
will explore opportunities to provide ECAMS to a number
of privately and/or Government-run schools, colleges and The initiatives taken by the government are applaudable.
universities. We also intend to enter into partnerships with In my opinion, the government should introduce more
the Governments under the PPP model to manage schools, education reforms. We would be happy to take part in
colleges and universities in rural and/or urban areas. anything which is for the benefit of Indian education
system.
Sir, can you suggest some study pattern to the students
at home after taking class in coaching?
Ans. This study plan is meant for the students to save their
time and decide the strategy to study the current day topic
and go through the next day topic. Regular revision is very
important to understand the topic and the subject in depth.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 6 MARCH 2012

 ALL ABOUT ISEET
Frequently Asked Questions
What is ISEET - Indian Science-Engineering Eligibility
Test and when it will be in operation?
• ISEET (Indian Science-Engineering eligibility Test) is
the proposed Single National level entrance test.
• It is proposed to be conducted from year 2013 for all
students who seek admissions in central engineering
institutions i.e. IITs, NITs, IIITs and IISERs
• As of now ISEET 2013 will replace IIT-JEE & AIEEE but
it is proposed that ISEET will gradually replace all State
level exams like RPET, MH-CET, Karnataka CET, etc.
Why has the pattern changed?
• ISEET 2013 has been proposed by the Ministry of
Human Resource Development, Government of India
to reduce the burden on aspirants due to multiple
entrance examinations conducted across India each
year.
• The burden in terms of time, money (examination &
Transit fee) and the stress caused in scheduling and
preparing for each examination syllabus.
Is this change beneficial for students in general?
• Yes, it is definitely beneficial for students. Earlier they
had to prepare for many engineering entrance tests.
• ISEET implementation will reduce mental and
financial burden on the student/parent and save time as
well.
• Students can concentrate on the single test. It will
improve the chances of getting admission in a good
college.
• As ISEET will be conducted twice or more during a
year and the scores will be valid for two years, students
will have multiple chances to improve their scores
What major changes come with the new pattern?
• With emphasis on School Board marks a minimum
40% weightage will be mandatorily given to School
Board marks in the admission process across India
• ISEET Main (Objective Aptitude Test - • All other institutes who took admissions based on JEE
comprehension, critical thinking, logical reasoning)
made a mandatory part of admission process with a
minimum of 30% weightage
• ISEET Advance (Advanced to School Board
curriculum & in-between AIEEE and IIT-JEE pattern
basic science subject knowledge objective test) with a
maximum of 30% weightage in admission process
made a mandatory part of for taking admissions into
IITs and NITs while it is optional for other central and
state level institutions
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
What is the pattern of the ISEET 2013?
• ISEET 2013 will be conducted twice in 2013, first in
the month of April or May and second in November or
December and the ultimate aim is to conduct it thrice
or four times in a year
• Results will be valid for two years while multiple
attempts are allowed for students to improve scores by
getting multiple attempts
• ISEET 2013 will be a single day exam in two sessions
o Morning Session – 10:00 AM to 01:00 PM (3
Hours)
o Afternoon Session – 02:00 PM to 05:00 PM (3
Hours)
• ISEET 2013 will have two papers
o ISEET Main – Objective type aptitude test to be
held in the morning session to access the abilities
of comprehension, critical thinking, logical
reasoning of students
o ISEET Advance– Objective type test to be held in
the afternoon session to access the problem
solving abilities of a student in basic science
subjects i.e. Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics
What will be the admission process from 2013 for IITs?
• Board Percentage of Class 12th will be given a
minimum of 40% weightage
• Different State Boards and Central Board results
normalized on the basis of percentile formula.
• ISEET will replace IITJEE and will come into place
from academic session 2012-13
• ISEET Main and Advance will be compulsory.
• Main will have 30% to 60% weightage and Advance
exam will have 0% to 30% weightage. The actual
weightage within this limit will be decided by the
board of directors if IITs.
• Merit list for the admissions will be prepared by the
admission committee for IITs
will also follow the same pattern
What will be that admission process from 2013 for
institutes currently using AIEEE rank?
• Board Percentage of class 12th will be given a
minimum 40% weightage.
• Different State Boards and Central Board results
normalized on the basis of percentile formula.
• ISEET will replace AIEEE and will come into place
from academic session 2012-13
• ISEET Main and Advance will be compulsory.
7 MARCH 2012
• Main will have 30% to 60% weightage and Advance
exam will have 0% to 30% weightage. The actual
weightage within this limit will be decided by the
admission committee for NITs..
• Merit list for the admissions will be prepared by the
common admission committee for NITs.
• All other institutes who took admissions based on
AIEEE will also follow the same pattern
What is the selection process for admissions to other
institutes accepting ISEET 2013 scores?
• The final cut-off list for admissions with ISEET score
will be generated in three steps. Each state government
or institute will be able to decide the specific
weightage for Board, Main and Advance exam scores.
• Following are guidelines mentioned below:
o Class XII Board Score: weightage not less than
40% and can go up to 100% of the total score
o ISEET Main - weightage not less than 30% and can
go up to 60% of the total score
o ISEET Advance - weightage not more than 30% of
the total score.
o Combined Score- of ISEET Main & Advance does
not exceed weightage 60% of the total score
• It would be up to each institution/ groups of
institutions/State agencies to carry out the task of
counseling and finally the admission in a coordinated
manner
What is ISEET Main?
• ISEET Main is an Objective Aptitude Test like CAT
for IIMs, SAT in the USA, partly BITSA.
• Main will test the inherent intelligence of the student
What is ISEET Advance?
• ISEET Advance is expected to be Advance to School
Board curriculum & its difficulty level will be some
what in between AIEEE and IIT-JEE.
• This is a mandatory part of for taking admissions into
IITs and NITs while it is optional for other central and
state level institutions
• Since HRD Ministry of India has indicated to pay more
emphasis on board education, ISEET Advance exam
level is likely to be closer to AIEEE which has the
difficulty level advanced to board curriculum
Who will conduct ISEET?
• CBSE in collaboration with State Boards will
physically conduct and manage the examinations
across India
• CBSE is the body which currently conducts AIEEE
• Question paper will be set by IITs.
Will ISEET replace all State level engineering and
science entrance exams?
• All states have accepted the new pattern of common
entrance exam except Tamil Nadu, Himachal Pradesh,
Odisha, Puducherry and West Bengal which will take
the decision by the end of April 2012
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
• Further, It is proposed that ISEET will gradually
replace all entrance exams within a couple years and
aspirants will have to prepare for only one national
entrance exams to take admissions into all science and
engineering colleges in India vis a vis IITs, NITs,
IIITs, IISc, IISERs, other Technical and Deemed
Universities as well as all Private colleges
• States which will base its admissions on ISEET as of
now are Delhi, Haryana, Chandigarh and Uttarakhand
• The decision to implement ISEET by the states of
Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh is final
stages
• The state of Tamil Nadu has rejected ISEET and
admissions to state government colleges will be done with
100% weightage for Tamil Nadu State Board results
Will I have to take coaching for the same pattern?
Yes, you will require coaching to score good marks in
boards, ISEET main (aptitude test) and advance. Now
onwards ISEET will be the only exam. To take admission
in a good engineering colleges like IITs, NITs good
preparation is mandatory. “Early Start” to the preparation
will help the student.
I am an intelligent student, will this change be beneficial
for me?
Yes, this change will increase your chances to get IITs
instead of NITs because selection criteria for both the
institutes will be same in general.
I am an average/ below average student, how it will be
beneficial for me?
It will be even beneficial for you since you will be free
from tension of preparing different test syllabus for
different colleges and can concentrate for only one test.
Your chances of getting good college will increase.
Will Career Point be able to prepare me according to
that examination pattern?
• Yes, Career point has already completed its preparation
for the change.
• We have already included 12th Board (CBSE/ State
Board) in our academic curriculum in 2007 and we are
providing the complete study material for board
examinations. In fact we have adopted these patterns
far before than other institutes in Kota.
• Our students have been performing tremendously good
in board examination nation wide along with NTSE,
Olympiads & other reputed national level scholarship
tests.
• We have been conducting National Science Proficiency
Test (NSPT) every year at national level where we
have tested more that 4.5 lacs students for their of
comprehension, critical thinking, logical reasoning of
students
• Secondly, the pattern of ISEET will be more close to
AIEEE in which Career Point has proved its leadership
in the very first year of AIEEE Examination in year
2001-02 and maintaining the leading position since then.
8 MARCH 2012
 KNOW IIT-JEE
By Previous Exam Questions

Now as loop goes down, magnetic flux linked with

PHYSICS it increases, hence induced current flows in such a
direction so a to reduce the magnetic flux linked
^ with it. Hence induced current flows in
1. A magnetic field B = B0(y/a) K is into the paper in
anticlockwise direction.
the +z direction. B0 and a are positive constants. A
square loop EFGH of side a, mass m and (B) Each side of the cube will experience a force
resistance R, in x – y plane, starts falling under the as shown (since a current carrying segment in a
influence of gravity see figure) Note the direction magnetic field experience a force).
of x and y axes in figure [IIT-1999] → → →  ^ B y^ ^
F1 = i( l × B) = i – a i× 0 k  = B0yi j ;
O x  a 
⊗ ⊗ ⊗ →  ^ B (y + a) ^  ^
E F F3 = i + a i× 0 k  = – iB0(y + a) j
⊗ ⊗ ⊗  a 
H G g
⊗ ⊗ ⊗ → →
y Please note that F2 = – F4 and hence will cancel
Find out each other.
→ → → → →
(a) the induced current in the loop and indicate its F = F1 + F2 + F3 + F4
direction.
(b) the total Lorentz force acting on the loop and ^ B 02 a 2 v( t ) ^
= – iB0a j = – j ;
indicate its direction, and R
(c) an expression for the speed of the loop, v(t) and
dv B 2 a 2 v( t )
its terminal value. ∴ m = mg – 0
dt R
Sol. Suppose at t = 0, y = 0 and t = t, y = y
v t
→ dv
(A) Total magnetic flux = AB Integrating it, we get, ∫ B 2 a 2 v( t )
= ∫ dt
→ ^ → B y^ 0 g– 0 0
Where A = a 2 k and B = 0 k mR
a ( v) t
B y  B 2 a 2 v( t ) 
∴ φ = 0 .a2 = B0ya log g – 0 
a  mR 
0
=t
dφ dy – B 02 a 2
Net emf., e = – = – B0a = – B0av(t)
dt dt mR
As total resistance = R  B 02 a 2 v( t ) 
 g –  2 2
|e| B av( t )
log  mR  = – B 0 a t
∴ |i|= = 0 or
R R  g  mR
X  
→
F1
y B 02 a 2 v( t ) 2 2
or 1– = e – B0a t mR
y+a mgR
→ →
F2 2 2 B 02 a 2
F4 or 1 – e – B0 a t
= v( t ) ;
mgR

mgR  e – B0 a t 
2 2
→
F3 
∴ v(t) = 2 2 1 – 
B0 a  mR 
Y  

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 9 MARCH 2012

 When terminal velocity is attained, V(t) does not For the point P, x = 0
depend on t ∴ Path difference
mgr = t (µ2 – µ1) = t(1.7 – 1.4) = 0.3 t ...(i)
∴ V(t) = 2 2 th
B0 a But the point P lies between the 5 maximum and
6th minimum (given). Therefore the path difference
2. In Young's experiment, the upper slit is covered by a = 5λ + ∆ ...(ii)
thin glass plate of refractive index 1.4 while the lower
slit it covered by another glass plate, having the same Equating equations (i) and (ii), we get
thickness as the first one but having refractive index 0.3t = 5λ + ∆ ...(iii)
1.7. Interference pattern is observed using light of The path difference ∆ can be determined from the
wavelength 5400 Å. It is found that the point P on the I 3
screen where the central maximum (n = 0) fell before given intensity at P, which is = .
I0 4
the glass plates were inserted now has 3/4 the original
intensity. It is further observed that what used to be The expression of I/I0 in terms of ∆ is
the fifth maximum earlier, lies below the point P I  π∆ 
while the sixth minimum lies above P. Calculate the = cos 2  
thickness of the glass plate. (Absorption of light by
I0  λ 
glass plate may be neglected.) [IIT-1997]  π∆  3
Sol. The time taken by the ray to reach P' from S1 For I/I0 = 3/4 , we get cos  =
 λ  2
d d plate
= air + π∆ π λ
Vair Vplate or = or ∆ =
λ 6 6
S1P'– t t Hence, the thickness of the glass plates (Eq. 3) is
= +
c c / µ1 λ
0.3t = 5λ + λ/6 or ∆ =
S1P'– t + tµ1 6
=
c Hence, the thickness of the glass plates (Eq. 2) is
Effective path travelled = S1P' – t + tµ1  1  31 
0.3t = 5λ + λ/6 or t =   λ 
where c is the speed of light in air.  0.3  6 
P'
 1  31 4 –6
=   × 5400 Å = 9.3 × 10 Å = 9.3×10 m
t  0.3  6
x
S1 µ1
d 3. A 3.6 m long vertical pipe resonates with a source of
P frequency 212.5 Hz when water level is at certain
µ2 height in the pipe. Find the height of water level
S2
(from the bottom of the pipe) at which resonance
D occurs. Neglect end correction. Now, the pipe is
Similarly the time taken by the ray to reach P' from filled to a height H(≈ 3.6m). A small hole is drilled
S2 very close to its bottom and water is allowed to leak.
Obtain an expression for the rate of fall of water level
S P'– t + tµ 2
= 2 in the pipe as a function of H. If the radii of the pipe
c and the hole are 2 × 10–2 m and 1 × 10–3 m
Effective path travelled = S2P' – t + tµ2 respectively, calculate the time interval between the
∴ Path difference occurance of first two resonances. Speed of sound in
air is 340 m/s and g = 10 m/s2. [IIT-2000]
= S2P' – t + tµ2 – S1P' + t – tµ1
Sol. Speed of sound, V = 340 m/s.
= (S2P' – S1P') + t(µ2 – µ1)
Let l0 be the length of air column corresponding to
Also when there ware no plates infront of the slits.
the fundamental frequency. Then
xd
= S2P' – S1P' = V
D = 212.5
4l 0
xd
S2P' – S1P' = V 340
D or l0 = = = 0.4 m.
4(212.5) 4(212.5)
xd
∴ Path difference = + t(µ2 – µ1)
D

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 10 MARCH 2012

 In close pipe only odd harmonics are obtained. – dH 3.14 × 10 –6
Now, let l1, l2, l3, l4 etc. be the lengths = 2 × 10 × H
dt 1.26 × 10 – 3
corresponding to the 3rd harmonic, 5th harmonic,
7th harmonic etc. Then – dH
⇒ = (1.11 × 10–2 H
 V  H
3  = 212.5 ⇒ l1 = 1.2 m ;
 4l 1  Between first two resonances, the water level falls
from 3.2 m to 2.4 m.
 V 
5  = 212.5 ⇒ l2 = 2.0 m dH
 4l 2  ∴ = – 1.11 × 10–2 dt
H
 V 
7  = 212.5 ⇒ l3 = 2.8 m;

2.4 1
dH
 4l 3  ⇒ ∫ H
= – (1.11 × 10–2) ∫ dt
 V  3.2 0
9  = 212.5 ⇒ l4 = 3.6 m
 4l 4  ⇒ [ ]
2 2.4 – 3.2 = – (1.11 × 10–2) . t
⇒ t ≈ 43 second

0.4m 4. Three particles A, B and C, each of mass m, are

1.2m connected to each other by three massless rigid rods
to form a rigid, equilateral triangular body of side l.
This body is placed on a horizontal frictioness table
3.2m (x-y plane) and is hinged to it at the point A so that
3.4m it can move without friction about the vertical axis
through A (see figure). The body is set into
rotational motion on the table about A with a
constant angular velocity ω. [IIT-2002]
y
A x
2.0m
2.8m
ω

1.6m
0.8m →
F
or heights of water level are (3.6 – 0.4) m, B l C
(3.6 – 1.2) m (3.6 – 2.0) m and (3.6 – 2.8) m. (a) Find the magnitude of the horizontal force
Therefore heights of water level are 3.2 m, 2.4 m, exerted by the hinge on the body.
2.4 m, 1.6 m and 0.8 m. (b) At time T, when the side BC is parallel to the
Let A and a be the are of cross-sections of the pipe x-axis, a force F is applied on B along BC (as
and hole respectively. Then shown). Obtain the x-component and the
y-component of the force exerted by the hinge
A = π (2 × 10–2)2 = 1.26 × 10–3 m–2. on the body, immediately after time T.
and a = π(10–3)2 = 3.14 × 10–6 m2 Sol. The mass B is moving in a circular path centred at
Velocity of efflux, V = 2gH A. The centripetal force (mlω2) required for this
Continuity equation at 1 and 2 gives, circular motion is provided by F′. Therefore a force
 – dH  F′ acts on A (the hinge) which is equal to mlω2. The
a 2gH = A 
 dt  same is the case for mass C. Therefore the net force
Therefore rate of fall of water level in the pipe, on the hinge is

 – dH  a Fnet = F'2 + F'2 +2F' F' cos 60º

  = 2gH
 dt  A 1
Fnet = 2F' 2 +2F' 2 × = 3 F′ = 3 mlω2
Substituting the values, we get 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 11 MARCH 2012

 Y Sol. Let the piston be displaced by a distance x.
A  Mg  γ  Mg 
X Then  p 0 + V0 =  p 0 + + p ( v 0 − Ax ) γ
F′ 60º  A   A 
F′
Mg
Q Initial pressure on the gas P1 = p0 +
l Fnet l A
Mg
F′ F′ Final pressure on the gas P2 = p0 + +p
A
P0
B l C
(b) The force F acting on B will provide a torque A
V0 x
to the system. This torque is
l 3
F× = Iα
2
3l 3 F
F× = (2ml2)α ⇒ α =
2 4 ml where p is the extra pressure due to which the
The total force acting on the system along compression x takes place.
x-direction is Final volume of the gas V2 = V0 – Ax
F + (Fnet)x
This force is responsible for giving an acceleration The above equation can be rearranged as
ax to the system.  Mg 
 p0 + + p (V0 − Ax) γ  p   Ax  γ
A 1 +  1−
=  = Mg   V0 
 Mg  γ p +
 p0 + V  0
A 
 A  0  
3
c.m l  
2
γAx 
p
p   γAx 
⇒ 1=1+ – + Mg  V 
p0 +
Mg V0  p 0 +  0 
 A 
F A  
Therefore Negligible as p and x are small
F + (Fnet)x = 3m(ax) c.m.
p γAx
F 3 F l F ∴ =
= 3m Q ax = αr = × = Mg V0
4m 4 ml 3 4 p0 +
A
3F
=  Mg  γAx
4 ∴ p =  p0 + 
F  A  V0
∴ (Fnet)x =
4 F  Mg  γAx
⇒ =  p0 + 
(Fnet)y remains the same as before = 3 mlω2. A  A  V0

5. An ideal gas is enclosed in a vertical cylindrical  Mg  γA 2 x

⇒ F = p0 + 
container and supports a freely moving piston of  A  V0
mass M. The piston and the cylinder have equal
cross-sectional area A. Atmospheric pressure is P0,  Mg  γA 2 x
⇒ Ma =  p 0 + 
and when the piston is in equilibrium, the volume of  A  V0
the gas is V0. The piston is now displaced slightly  Mg  γA 2 x
⇒ a = p0 + 
from its equilibrium position. Assuming that the  A  V0 M
system is completely isolated from its surroundings,
Comparing it with a = ω2x we get
show that the piston executes simple harmonic
 Mg  γA 2 x
motion and find the frequency of oscillation. ω2 =  p 0 + 
[IIT-1981]  A  V0 M

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 12 MARCH 2012

  Mg  γA 2 x
∴ ω =  p0 +  NH3 3+ NH3
 A  V0 M H3N NH3 H3N NH3
Mg
If is small as compared to p0 then Co or
A Co3+
p 0 γA 2
ω= = 2πf H 3N NH3
V0 M H3N NH3
NH3 NH3
A p0γ
∴ f= In [Ni(CN)42– nickel is present as Ni2+ ion and its
2π V0 M coordination numbers is four
Ni28 =1s2, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d8, 4s2
Ni2+ ion = 1s2, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d8
3d 4s 4p
CHEMISTRY Ni2+ ion =

6. (a) Write the chemical reaction associated with the 3d 4s 4p

"brown ring test".
Ni2+ion in
(b) Draw the structures of [Co(NH3)6]3+, [Ni(CN)4]2– Complex ion
and [Ni(CO)4]. Write the hybridization of atomic
orbital of the transition metal in each case. dsp2 hybridization
(c) An aqueous blue coloured solution of a Hence structure of [Ni(CN)4]2– is
transition metal sulphate reacts with H2S in acidic N≡C C≡N
medium to give a black precipitate A, which is
insoluble in warm aqueous solution of KOH. The Ni2+
blue solution on treatment with KI in weakly acidic
N≡C C≡N
medium, turns yellow and produces a white
precipitate B. Identify the transition metal ion. In [Ni(CO)4, nickel is present as Ni atom i.e. its
Write the chemical reaction involved in the oxidation number is zero and coordination number
formation of A and B. [IIT-2000] is four.
Sol. (a) NaNO3 + H2SO4 → NaHSO4 + HNO3 3d 4s 4p
Ni in
2HNO3 + 6FeSO4 + 3H2SO4 → Complex
3Fe2(SO4)3 + 2NO + 4H2O
sp3 hybridization
[Fe(H2O)6]SO4.H2O + NO
Its structure is as follows :
Ferrous Sulphate
→ [Fe(H2O)5NO] SO4 + 2H2O CO
(Brown ring)
(b) In [Co(NH3)6]3+ cobalt is present as Co3+ and its
coordination number is six. Ni
1 2 6
Co27 = 1s , 2s 2p , 3s 3p 3d , 4s 2 6 7 2 OC CO
3+ 2 2 6 2 6 6
Co ion = 1s , 2s 2p , 3s 3p 3d
CO
3d 4s 4p (c) The transition metal is Cu2+. The compound is
Hence CuSO4.5H2O
CuSO4 + H2S Acidic
 medium

→ CuS ↓ + H2SO4
3d 4s 4p Black ppt
3+
Co ion in 2CuSO4 + 4KI → Cu2I2 + I2 + 2K2SO4
Complex ion (B) white
d2sp3 hybridization I2 + I– → I3– (yellow solution)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 13 MARCH 2012

7. (a) Write the chemical reaction associated with the Hence structure of [Ni(CN)4]2– is
"brown ring test".
N≡C C≡N
(b) Draw the structures of [Co(NH3)6]3+,
[Ni(CN)4]2– and [Ni(CO)4]. Write the hybridization Ni2+
of atomic orbital of the transition metal in each
case. N≡C C≡N
(c) An aqueous blue coloured solution of a In [Ni(CO)4, nickel is present as Ni atom i.e. its
transition metal sulphate reacts with H2S in acidic oxidation number is zero and coordination number
medium to give a black precipitate A, which is is four.
insoluble in warm aqueous solution of KOH. The
3d 4s 4p
blue solution on treatment with KI in weakly acidic Ni in
medium, turns yellow and produces a white Complex
precipitate B. Identify the transition metal ion.
Write the chemical reaction involved in the sp3 hybridization
formation of A and B. [IIT-2000]
Its structure is as follows :
Sol. (a) NaNO3 + H2SO4 → NaHSO4 + HNO3
CO
2HNO3 + 6FeSO4 + 3H2SO4 →
3Fe2(SO4)3 + 2NO + 4H2O
[Fe(H2O)6]SO4.H2O + NO
Ferrous Sulphate Ni
→ [Fe(H2O)5NO] SO4 + 2H2O OC CO
(Brown ring)
(b) In [Co(NH3)6]3+ cobalt is present as Co3+ and its CO
coordination number is six. (c) The transition metal is Cu2+. The compound is
Co27 = 1s1, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d7, 4s2 CuSO4.5H2O
Co3+ion = 1s2, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d6 CuSO4 + H2S Acidic
 medium

→ CuS ↓ + H2SO4
Black ppt
3d 4s 4p
Hence 2CuSO4 + 4KI → Cu2I2 + I2 + 2K2SO4
(B) white
– –
3d 4s 4p I2 + I → I3 (yellow solution)
3+
Co ion in
Complex ion 8. (a) A white solid is either Na2O or Na2O2. A piece
d2sp3 hybridization of red litmus paper turns white when it is dipped
into a freshly made aqueous solution of the white
solid.
NH3 3+ NH3
H3N NH3 H3N NH3 (i) Identify the substance and explain with balanced
equation.
(ii) Explain what would happen to the red litmus if
Co or
Co3+ the white solid were the other compound.
(b) A, B and C are three complexes of chromium
H 3N NH3 (III) with the empirical formula H12O6Cl3Cr. All the
NH3 H3N NH3 three complexes have water and chloride ion as
NH3 ligands. Complex A does not react with
In [Ni(CN)42– nickel is present as Ni2+ ion and its concentrated H2SO4, whereas complexes B and C
coordination numbers is four lose, 6.75% and 13.5% of their original mass,
Ni28 =1s2, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d8, 4s2 respectively, an treatment with conc. H2SO4.
Ni2+ ion = 1s2, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d8 Identity A, B and C. [IIT-1999]
3d Sol. (a) The substance is Na2O2
4s 4p
Ni2+ ion = (i) Na2O2 + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2O2
(strong base) (Weak acid)
3d 4s 4p H2O2 + red litmus → White
Ni2+ion in H2O2 → H2O + [O]
Complex ion Nascent oxygen bleaches the red litumus.
dsp2 hybridization (ii) Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 14 MARCH 2012

 NaOH solution turns colour of red litmus paper into 2
blue due to stronger alkaline nature. or f= =5
0.4
(b) A = [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3. It has no reaction with conc. (b) According to adiabatic gas equation,
H2SO4 as its all water molecular are present in
coordination sphere. P1V1γ = P2V2γ
B = [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2.H2O Here, P1 = P
Conc. H2SO4 removes its one mol of H2O as it is V1 = V
outside the coordination sphere. V2 = 5.66 V
Molecular Weight of complex = 266.5 Hence, PVγ = P2 × (5.66V)γ = P2 ×(5.66)γ × Vγ
18 P P P
% loss = × 100 = 6.75% or P2 = = = [using eq.(1)]
266.5 (5.66) γ (5.66)1.4 11.32
C = [Cr(H2O)4Cl]Cl2.2H2O Hence, work done by the gas during adiabatic
Conc. H2SO4 removes its 2H2O which are outside expansion
of the coordination sphere. P
PV − × 5.66V
18 P1V1 − P2 V2 11.32
% loss = 2 × × 100 = 13.5 % = =
266.5 γ –1 1.4 – 1
Hence complexes A = [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3 PV
PV −
B = [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2.H2O
= 2 = PV = 1.25 PV
C = [Cr(H2O)4Cl2]Cl.2H2O 0.4 2 × 0.4

9. An ideal gas having initial pressure P, volume V 10. An organic compound X, on analysis gives 24.24
and temperature T is allowed to expand percent carbon and 4.04 percent hydrogen. Further,
adiabatically until its volume becomes 5.66 V, sodium extract of 1.0 g of X gives 2.90 g of silver
while its temperature falls to T/2. chloride with acidified silver nitrate solution. The
(a) How many degrees of freedom do the gas compound X may be represented by two isomeric
molecules have ? structures, Y and Z. Y on treatment with aqueous
(b) Obtain the work done by the gas during the potassium hydroxide solution gives a dihydroxy
expansion as a function of the initial pressure P and compound, while Z on similar treatement gives
volume V. [IIT-1990] ethanal. Find out the molecular formula of X and
Sol. (a) According to adiabatic gas equation, give the structures of Y and Z. [IIT-1989]
TVγ–1 = constant Sol. C = 24.24%, H = 4.04%
35.5 2.90 g
or T1V1γ–1 = T2V2γ–1 Percentage of Cl = × × 100 = 71.74%
143.5 1g
Here, T1 = T ; T2 = T/2
V1 = V 24.24
Relative number of C atoms = = 2.02
and V2 = 5.66 V 12
T 4.04
Hence, TVγ–1 = × (5.66V)γ–1 Relative number of H atoms = = 4.04
2 1
71.74
T Relative number of Cl atoms = = 2.02
= × (5.66)γ–1 × Vγ–1 35.5
2
Atomic ratio = C : H : Cl = 2.02 : 4.04 : 2.02
or (5.66)γ–1 = 2 ...(1) = 1 : 2: 1
Taking log, Empirical formula of X = CH2Cl
(γ – 1)log 5.66 = log 2 It is given that isomer of Y of the compound X
log 2 0.3010 gives a dihydroxy compound on treatment with
or γ–1= = = 0.4 aqueous potassium hydroxide. Therefore, the given
log 5.66 0.7528 compound should contain two Cl atoms. Thus
or γ = 1.4 molecular formula of X = C2H4Cl2
If f, be the number of degrees of freedom, then The two isomers of X are :
H H
2 2 | |
γ=1+ or 1.4 = 1 +
f f Y = ClCH2CH2Cl → Cl − C − C − Cl
| |
2 H H
or = 1.4 – 1 = 0.4
f

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 15 MARCH 2012

 H H 1 2  4π 
| | = (a – b2) sin  2θ +  ...(2)
H − C − C − Cl
2  3 
Z = CH3CHCl2 → | | Equation of normal to the ellipse at R is
H Cl ax sin(θ + 4π/3) – by cos(θ + 4π/3)
The relevant reactions are : 1
= (a2 – b2) sin (2θ + 8π/3) ...(3)
(i) ClCH2–CH2Cl KOH
 ( aq )
→ 2
HO–CH2–CH2–OH But sin (θ + 4π/3) = sin(2π + θ – 2π/3)
(ii) CH3CHCl2 KOH
 ( aq )
→ CH3CHO = sin(θ – 2π/3)
and cos (θ + 4π/3) = cos (2π + θ – 2π/3)
and sin (2θ + 8π/3) = sin (4π + 2θ – 4π/3)
= sin (2θ – 4π/3)
MATHEMATICS Now, (3) can be written as
ax sin (θ – 2π/3) – by cos (θ – 2π/3)
11. Let ABC be an equilateral triangle inscribed in the 1
circle x2 + y2 = a2. Suppose perpendiculars from A, = (a2 – b2) sin (2θ – 4π/3) ...(4)
2
x2 y2 For the lines (1), (2) and (4) to be concurrent, we
B, C to the major axis of the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1,
a b must have the determinant
(a > b) meets the ellipse respectively at P, Q, R so 1 2
(a − b 2 ) sin 2θ
that P, Q, R lie on the same side of the major axis a sin θ − b cos θ 2
∆1 =  2π   2π  1 2  4π  =0
as A, B, C respectively. Prove that the normals to a sin θ +  − b cos θ +  (a − b 2 ) sin  2θ + 
the ellipse drawn at the points P, Q and R are  3   3  2  3 
 2π   2π  1 2  4π 
concurrent. a sin θ −  − b θ −  ( a − b 2 ) sin  2θ − 
 3   3  2  3 
[IIT-2000]
Thus line (1), (2) and (4) are concurrent.
Sol. Let A ≡ (a cosθ, b sinθ) so the coordinates of
B ≡ {a cos(θ + 2π/3), a sin (θ + 2π/3)}
12. A right circular cone with radius R and height H
and C ≡ {a cos(θ + 4π/3), a sin (θ + 4π/3)}.
contains a liquid which evaporates at a rate
y proportional to its surface area in contact with air
(proportionality constant = k > 0). Find the time
A(a cos θ, b sinθ) after which the cone is empty. [IIT-2003]
B
Sol. Given : liquid evaporates at a rate proportional to
its surface area
P Circle dv
Q ⇒ ∝–S ...(1)
O x
dt
R
1
We know, volume of cone = πr2h and
Ellipse 3
3
C surface area = πr (of liquid in contact with air)
1
or V = πr2h and S = πr2 ...(2)
According to the given condition, coordinates of P 3
are (a cosθ, b sinθ), and that of Q are R r
where tan θ = and = tan θ ...(3)
(a cos(θ + 2π/3), b sin(θ + 2π/3)) and that of R are H h
(a cos(θ + 4π/3), b sin (θ + 4π/3)) from (2) and (3)
(It is given that P, Q, R are on the same side of 1
x-axis as A, B and C) Equation of the normal to the V = πr3 cotθ and S = πr2 ...(4)
3
ellipse at P is
R
ax by
– = a2 – b2
cos θ sin θ
r
1 H
or ax sin θ – by cos θ = (a2 – b2) sin 2θ ...(1) θ
2 h
Equation of normal to the ellipse at Q is
 2π   2π  Substituting (4) in (1), we get
ax sin  θ +  – by cos  θ + 
 3   3  1 dr
cotθ . 3r2 . = – kπr2
3 dt

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 16 MARCH 2012

 0 T 1
⇒ cot θ ∫ R
dr = – k ∫
0
dt ⇒ sin (2A + 60º) = sin (C – A) = – sin(60º + 2C) =
2
⇒ cot θ(0 – R) = – k(T – 0) ⇒ 2A + 60º = 30º, 150º
⇒ R cot θ = kT {neglecting 30º, as not possible}
⇒ H = kT (using (3)) ⇒ 2A + 60º = 150º
H ⇒ A = 45º
⇒T=
k again from (1), sin (60º + 2c) = –1/2
∴ required time after which the cone is empty ⇒ 60º + 2C = 210º, 330º
H ⇒ C = 75º or 135º
=T=
k Also from (1) sin (C – A) = 1/2
C – A = 30º, 150º, 195º
13. Sketch the curves and identify the region bounded for A = 45º, C = 75º and C = 195º (not possible)
by x = 1/2, x = 2, y = ln x and y = 2x. Find the area
of this region. [IIT-1991] ∴ C = 75º
Sol. The required area is the shaded portion in following Hence, A = 45º, B = 60º, C = 75º
figure.
15. Find the centre and radius of the circle formed by
y y = 2x all the points represented by z = x + iy satisfying the
z−α
relation =k(k ≠ 1), where α and β are
z −β
constant complex numbers given by α = α1 + iα2,
y = logex β = β1 + iβ2.
[IIT-2004]
O 1/2 1 2 Sol. As we know; |z|2 = z. z
| z − α |2
⇒ = k2
1 | z − β |2
In the region ≤ x ≤ 2 the curve y = 2x lies above
2 ⇒ (z – α)( z – α ) = k2(z – β)( z – β )
as compared to y = logex
|z|2 – α z – α z + |α|2 = k2(|z|2 – β z – β z+ |β|2)
Hence, the required area
2 or |z|2 (1 – k2) – (α – k2β) z – ( α – β k2) z
= ∫1/ 2
(2 x − log x) dx
+ (|α|2 – k2|β|2) = 0
2
 2x  (α − k 2β) (α − β k 2 )
=  − ( x log x − x)  ⇒ |z|2 – z– z
 log 2  (1 − k 2 ) (1 − k 2 )
 1/ 2
| α |2 −k 2 | β |2
4− 2 5 3 + =0 ...(i)
= – log 2 + (1 − k 2 )
log 2 2 2
On comparing with equation of circle,
14. ABC is a triangle such that |z|2 + a z + α z + b = 0

sin(2A + B) = sin(C – A) = –sin(B + 2C) =

1 whose centre is (– a) and radius = | a |2 −b
2
∴ centre for (i)
If A, B and C are in Arithmetic Progression,
determine the values of A, B and C. [IIT-1990] α − k 2β
= and radius
Sol. Given that in ∆ABC, A, B and C are in A.P. 1− k 2
A + C = 2B  α − k 2β  α − k 2 β  α α − k 2β β
=   
also A + B + C = 180º  1 − k 2  1 − k 2  − 1 − k 2
  
⇒ B = 60º
Also given that, k (α − β)
radius =
sin (2A + B) = sin (C – A) = – sin (B + 2C) = 1/2 1− k 2
...(1)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 17 MARCH 2012

 Physics Challenging Problems
Set # 11

This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics, that would be very helpful in facing IIT
JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Dev Sharma
So lutions will b e p ub lished in nex t issue Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch

1. A metallic conductor of irregular cross section is as (C) the speed of the missile when it was detected
shown in figure A constant potential difference is gx
is
applied across the ends (A) and (B). Then 2
x
A (D) the maximum height attained by the missile is
Q B 4
P
4. Figure shows a square loop being pulled out with a
constant speed out of region of uniform magnetic
(A) Electric current at cross section P is equal to field. The induced emf in the loop
that of cross section Q B
(B) Electric field intensity at P is less than that at Q × × × ×
× l × l
(C) The number of electrons crossing per unit area × × × × v
× × × ×
per unit time at cross section P is less than that × × × l
at Q × × × ×
(D) The rate of heat generating per unit time at Q is (A) first increases, then decreases
greater than that of P (B) first decreases, then increases
(C) has a maximum value Bvl 2
2. A circular ring of radius R with uniform positive
(D) has a maximum value 2Bvl
charge density λ per unit length is located in the y-z
plane with its centre at the origin O. A particle of 5. The variation of pressure versus volume is shown in
charge –q0 is released from x = 3R on x-axis at t the figure. The gas is diatomic and the molar
= 0 then kinetic energy of particle when it passes specific heat capacity for the process is found to be
through origin, is xR. Find the value of x.
P
λq 0 q 0λ
(A) (B)
2 ∈0 3 ∈0

q 0λ q 0λ V
(C) (D)
∈0 4 ∈0
6. Figure shows a parabolic reflector in x-y plane
3. Missile is fired for maximum range at your town given by y2 = 8x. A ray of light traveling along the
from a place in the enemy country at a distance ‘x’ line y = a is incident on the reflector. Find where the
from your town. The missile is first detected at its ray intersects the x-axis after reflection.
half-way point. Then y-axis y2=8x
(A) the velocity with which the missile was line y = a
P(0,a)
projected is gx incident ray
x-axis
x
(B) you have a warning time of
2g

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 18 MARCH 2012

7. A hydrogen like atom (atomic number Z) is in a
higher excited state of quantum number n. This
excited atom can make a transition to the first
Puzzle : Marble Mix Up
excited state by successively emitting two photons
of energies 10.20 eV and 17.00 eV respectively.
Alternatively, the atom from the same excited state
can make a transition to the second excited state by
successively emitting two photons of energies 4.25
eV and 5.95 eV respectively. Determine the value of
Z. (Ionisation energy of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV)

8. Consider the circuit showing in figure. There are

three switches S1, S2, S3. Match the columns. • Years ago, to puzzle his friends, a scientist gave
one of four containers containing blue and/or
yellow marbles to each of the friends; Tom,
Dick, Harry, and Sally.

• There were 3 marbles in each container, and the

Column-I
(A) If S2 and S3 are opened and S1 is
closed then in steady state, charge
on the capacitor is
number of blue marbles was different in each
one. There was a piece of paper in each container
telling which color marbles were in that
container, but the papers had been mixed up and
were ALL in the wrong containers.
Column-II
(P) CV/4 • He then told all of his friends to take 2 marbles
out of their container, read the label, and then tell
him the color of the third marble.

(B) If switch S2 only is closed then (Q) 2CV/5

• So Tom took two blue marbles out of his
maximum charge on the capacitor is container and looked at the label. He was able to
(C) If switch S3 only is closed then (R) CV/3 tell the color of the third marble immediately.
maximum charge on the capacitor is
• Dick took 1 blue marble and 1 yellow marble
(D) If all the switches are closed then (S) CV
from his container. After looking at his label he
maximum charge on the capacitor is was able to tell the color of his remaining
(T) zero marble.

• Harry took 2 yellow marbles from his container.

He looked at the label in his container, but could
Cartoon Law of Physics not tell what color the remaining marble was.

As speed increases, objects can be in several places • Sally, without even looking at her marbles or her
at once.
label, was able to tell the scientist what color her
This is particularly true of tooth-and-claw fights, in
marbles were. Can you tell what color marbles
which a character's head may be glimpsed emerging
from the cloud of altercation at several places Sally had? Can you also tell what color marbles
simultaneously. This effect is common as well the others had, and what label was in each of
among bodies that are spinning or being throttled. their containers?
A `wacky' character has the option of self- replication
only at manic high speeds and may ricochet off walls
to achieve the velocity required.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 19 MARCH 2012

 8 Solution
Set # 10

Physics Challenging Problems

Qu e s tio ns we r e Pub lis he d in Feb rua ry I ssu e

1. Ans. Remain Same 4. Ans. None

Hint: KE = QU Hint:
Magnetic moment = i × Area
Q
= × πR 2
T
2πm 2mKE 2MU
QT = R= =
qB qB qB
Q2 × B 2m × U
Magnetic moment = × π× 2 2 Both dF get cancel out net force on the loop is zero.
2πm Q B
5. Ans. 2q Ea
U Hint: Work done by field = – (UB – UA)
Magnetic moment =
B = −q[VB − VA ]
B0 v
2. Ans. = +q[E × d]
λ = qE × 2a
Hint:
= 2qEa
2B 0 πqR 2
6. Ans.
3
2π
Hint: φ = R 2 × × B 0 (p + qt )
3
dφ 2π
e= = R 2 × × B0q
dt 3
3 B 0 lv
i=
3λl 7. Ans. 4
B0 v Hint:
i=
λ
3. Ans. Zero if both wires slide in opposite direction,
0.2mA if both wires move towards left
Hint:

φ = 3B 0 t × π12 − B 0 t (π 22 − π12 )
φ = 2B 0 t × π12 − B 0 t × πr22
dφ
= 2B 0 π12 − B 0 πr22
dt
When both are moving in same direction dφ
E × 2πr =
BLv dt
i= = 0.2mA
(9 + 1) As E = 0
dφ
=0 Q 4r12 = r22
dt
2
 r1  1
  =
 r2  4
When both are moving in opposite direction equation
emf of battery = 0 ∴i = 0 8. Ans. Α→P,Q,R; B→P,Q,S; C→Q,T; D→P,Q,S

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 20 MARCH 2012

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 21 MARCH 2012
 Students Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
PHYSICS

1. A triangular prism of mass M = 1.12 kg having base For vertical forces on cylinder,
angle 37º is placed on a smooth horizontal floor. A mg – N cos37º – F sin37º = m (0.2α . sin37º) ...(iii)
solid cylinder of radius R = 20 cm and mass m = 4 kg
is placed over the inclined surface of the prism. If Taking moments (about O) of forces acting on the
sufficient friction exists between the cylinder surface cylinder,
and the prism, so that cylinder does not slip, calculate FR = Iα ...(iv)
acceleration of prism when the system is released. 2
Calculate also, force of friction existing between the mR
where I= = 0.08 kg m2
cylinder and the prism. (g = 10 ms–2) 2
m From above equation N = 23 newton
α = 30 rad/sec2
a = 3.75 ms–2 Ans.
M
37º F = 12 newton Ans.
Sol. Let angular acceleration of cylinder be α clockwise
and acceleration of prism be a leftwards. 2. A cylindrical tank of base area A has a small orifice
Acceleration of cylinder axis (relative to prism) is of area a at the bottom. At time t = 0, a tap starts to
Rα = 0.2 α down the plane. supply water into the tank at a constant rate Q m3 s–1.
Calculate relation between height h of water in the
Its horizontal and vertical components are tank and time t.
0.2α .cos37º (rightwards) and 0.2αsin37º Sol. When water supply is started, water starts to
(downwards) respectively. But resultant acceleration accumulate in the tank. But leakage of water through
of cylinder axis is vector sum of Rα and a, therefore orifice at bottom also start simultaneously.
horizontal and vertical components of resultant
acceleration of cylinder axis become Let at instant t, height of water in the tank be y as
(0.2α cos37º – α) rightwards and (0.2α sin 37º) shown in figure
downwards respectively.
Considering free body diagrams (fig. (a) and Fig.
(b))
Mg

F N Iα y
m (0.2 α cos 37º – a)
O
M.g
37º
N F m (0.2 a sin 37º) Then flow velocity through orifice,
M.a
v v= 2gy
Fig. (a)
Fig. (b) ∴ Volume flowing out per second through orifice,
For horizontal forces acting on prism, q = a 2gy
N sin 37º – F cos 37º = Ma ...(i)
But rate of supply to the tank is Q. Therefore net of
For horizontal forces acting on cylinder, increase of volume in tank = (Q – q) m3s–1. Since,
N sin 37º – F cos 37º = m (0.2α cos 37 – a) ...(ii)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 22 MARCH 2012

 area of tank base is A, therefore, net rate of increase Gravitational potential energy of body at A = that
of height of water in tank, due to larger star + that due to smaller star.
dy (Q – q ) Q – 2gy G (16M )m G (M)m 65 GMm
= = ∴ U1 = – – =–
dt A A 2a 8a 8 a
integrating above equation with limits, at t = 0, y = 0 Similarly, gravitational potential energy at P,
and at t, y = h, G (16M)m GMm
U2 = – –
h t 8a a
dy
∴ ∫Q–
0
2gy ∫
= A . dt
0 =–
5 GMm
2 a
A  Q  Q – 2gh  Minimum kinetic energy required at A = Increase in
t=  – 2h + log e  
g  g  Q  potential energy from A to P
1
∴ mv 02 = U2 – U1
2
3. Distance between centres of two stars is 10 α. Mass of
these stars in M and 16 M and their radii are a and 2a 45GM
respectively. A body of mass m is fired straight from ∴ v0 = Ans.
4a
the surface of larger star directly towards the smaller
star. Calculate minimum initial speed of the body so
that it can reach the surface of smaller star. Obtain the 4. A non-conducting piston of mass m and area S divides
expression in terms of G, M, and a. a non-conducting, closed cylinder into two parts as
Sol. Since the body is projected from surface of large star shown in figure. Piston is connected with left wall of
towards smaller star, therefore, the body follows a cylinder by a spring of force constant K. Left part is
straight line path AB, as shown in figure (a). Near evacuated and right part contains an ideal gas at
point A, magnitude of gravitational force exerted by pressure P. Adiabatic constant of the gas is γ and in
larger star on the body is greater than that exerted by equilibrium length of each part is l.
smaller star. Therefore, near point A, the body Calculate angular frequency of small oscillations of the
experiences a resultant force directed towards larger piston.
star. Hence, the body retards till this resultant force
becomes zero. It means velocity of body is
minimum at that point where magnitudes of K
Pressure P
gravitational force exerted by two stars are equal. If
initial velocity of star is such that it crosses this
point, then it will reach the smaller star.
Sol. If the piston is slightly displaced leftwards from its
equilibrium position, spring is further compressed
A B and gas expands. Due to expansion of gas, its
a
2a pressure decreases. Piston is restored due to both the
10.a reasons, i.e., increase in compression and decrease
in pressure.
Fig.(a) Let the piston be displaced through dx.
Then increase in compression in spring = Kdx
16M Increase in volume of gas is dV = Sdx
P M
a Since piston and cylinder both are non-conducting,
2a
therefore, gas undergoes an adiabatic expansion.
x (10a–x)
Hence, it obeys the law PVγ = constant.
Fig.(b)
Taking log, log P + γ. log V = constant.
Let distance of this point P from centre of larger star
Differentiating the above equation.
be x.
dP dV γP
G (16M )m GMm + γ = 0 or dP = – dV
Then, = P V V
x2 (10a – x ) 2
γP γP
or x = 8a or dP = – (S.dx) = – dx
(Sl) l

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 23 MARCH 2012

 Restoring force, passing through a section in one second in
n = 6.25 × 1011
γPS
F = K.dx + S. |dP | = K.dx + dx ∴ Number of α-particles in unit length of the
l
n
Kl + γPS beam = = 3.125 × 105 per m.
or F = dx v
l
∴ Number of α-particle in length l of the beam
F  Kl + γPS 
∴ Restoring acceleration = =   dx n
m  ml  = l
v
...(i)
= 6.25 × 104 Ans.(ii)
Since acceleration of piston is restoring and is
Let potential difference of the source be V volt.
directly proportional to displacement dx, therefore, it
performs SHM. Kinetic energy of α-particle accelerated by this
Comparing equation (i) with Restoring acceleration source,
= ω2 . (displacement) E
E = qV or V = = 41.75 kV
Kl + γPS q
Angular frequency, ω= Ans.
ml Power supplied by the source to accelerate
α-particles,
5. A steady beam of α-particles travelling with kinetic P = VI = 8.35 × 10–3 watt Ans.(iii)
energy E = 83.5 ke V carries a current of I = 0.2 µA.
(i) If this beam strikes a plane surface at an angle
θ = 30º with normal to the surface, how many
α-particles strike the surface in t = 4 second ?
GLOBAL WARMING IS REAL
(ii) How many α-particles are there in length l = 20 cm
of the beam?
(iii) Calculate power of the source used to accelerate
these α-particles from rest.
(Mass of α-particle = 6.68 × 10–27 kg)
Sol. Since, current is rate of flow of charge through a
section, therefore, a current I = 0.2µA means that a
charge 0.2 µC is flowing per second.
Charge of an α-particle is q = 2e = 3.2 × 10–19 C
∴ Rate of flow of α-particles, n
I The arctic ice is receding and global warming is no
= = 6.25 × 1011 per second longer a theory but a reality. Scientists predict that
q
by the year 2100, the average surface temperature
∴ Number of α-particles striking against a surface will jump up by 6 degrees Fahrenheit. Nighttime
in t = 4 second temperatures will be higher and there will be hotter
= n × t = 6.25 × 1011 × 4 = 2.5 × 1012 Ans.(i) days.

(Not : these is no significance of angle θ for Since air temperature is a powerful component of
calculation of number of α-particles striking the climate, there will be unavoidable climate changes
surface.) in the future. Some climate changes involve
Kinetic energy of each α-particle is E = 83.5 Ke V extreme weather disturbances such as more severe
hurricanes and longer droughts. There will be an
or E = (83.5 × 103) (1.6 × 10–19) J
increased precipitation of snow and rain during
1 winter. The faster melting of snow during the spring
But E = mv2 where m = 6.68 × 10–27kg
2 will result in flooding. All these climate changes are
∴ Velocity of α-particles is v = 2 × 106 ms–1. predicted based on the assumption that changes will
be relatively gradual.
It means a beam of length v = 2 × 106 m crosses a
section in one second. But number of α-particles

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 24 MARCH 2012

 P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE

Calorimetry, K.T.G., Heat transfer

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY

Calorimetry : where C´ is a constant that depends on the nature and

The specific heat capacity of a material is the amount extent of the surface exposed. Simplifying
of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 kg of it dθ C´
by 1 K. This leads to the relation = –C(θ – θ0) where C = = constant
dt ms
Q = ms θ
Kinetic theory of gases :
where Q = heat supplied, m = mass, θ = rise in
temperature. 1
The pressure of an ideal gas is given by p = µnC2
The relative specific heat capacity of a material is the 3
ratio of its specific heat capacity to the specific heat where µ = mass of each molecule, n = number of
capacity of water (4200 J kg–1K–1).
molecules per unit volume and C is the root square
Heat capacity or thermal capacity of a body is the speed of molecules.
amount of heat required to raise its temperature by 1
K. [Unit : J K–1] 1 2 1
p= ρC or pV = mC2
Thus heat capacity = Q/θ = ms 3 3
dθ 1 dQ where ρ is the density of the gas and m = mass of the
Also = × gas.
dt ms dt
i.e., the rate of heating (or cooling) of a body depends Root Mean Square Speed of Molecules :
inversely on its heat capacity. This is defined as
The water equivalent of a body is that mass of water
which has the same heat capacity as the body itself. C12 + C 22 + C 32 + ... + C 2N
C=
[Unit : g or kg] This is given by N
m×s where N = total number of molecules. It can be
W=
sw obtained through these relations
where m = mass of body, s = specific heat capacity of 3p 3RT
the body, sw = specific heat capacity of water. C= =
ρ M
Principle of Calorimetry : The heat lost by one
system = the heat gained by another system. Or, the Total Energy of an ideal gas (E) :
net heat lost or gainsed by an isolated system is zero. This is equal to the sum of the kinetic energies of all
It system with masses m1, m2, ...., specific heat the molecules. It is assumed that the molecules do not
capacities s1, s2, ...., and initial temperatures θ1, θ2, .... have any potential energy. This follows from the
are mixed and attain an equilibrium temperature θ assumption that these molecules do not exert any
then force on each other.
Σmsθ Σ sθ 1 3 m 3
θ= , for equal masses θ = E= mC2 = RT = pV
Σms´ Σs 2 2 M 2
Newton's law of cooling : 1 2
Thus, the energy per unit mass of gas = C
The rate of loss of heat from a body in an 2
environment of constant temperature is proportional
to the difference between its temperature and that of 3
The energy per unit volume = p
the surroundings. 2
If θ = temperature of the surroundings then 3 3
The energy per mole = pV = RT
dθ 2 2
– ms = C´(θ – θ0)
dt

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 25 MARCH 2012

Perfect gas equation : velocities between c and c + dc per unit volume is
From the kinetic theory of gases the equation of an 2
dn = 4πna3 e − bc c2 dc where
ideal gas is
pV = RT for a mole m m
b= and a =
m 2kT 2πkT
and pV = RT for any mass m
M and the number of molecules with the velocity c per
Avogadro number (N) and Boltzmann constant (k) : unit volume is
The number of entities in a mole of a substance is 2

called the Avogadro number. Its value is nc = 4πna3 e − bc c2

6.023 × 1023 mol–1. The plot of nc and c is shown in the figure. The
The value of the universal gas constant per molecular velocity possessed by the maximum number of
is called Boltzmann constant (k). Its value is molecules is called the most probable velocity
1.38 × 10–23 J K–1.
Degrees of Freedom : Principle of equipartition of
energy :
The number of ways in which energy may be stored
by a system is called its degrees of freedom.
Principle of Equipartition of Energy : This α c Crms
principle states that the total energy of a gas in
α= 2kT / m
thermal equilibrium is divided equally among its
degrees of freedom and that the energy per degree of The mean velocity
freedom is kT/2 where T is the temperature of the
c = 8kT / mπ and vrms = 3kT / mπ
gas. For a monoatomic atom the number of degrees
of freedom is 3, for a diatomic atom it is 5, for a Conduction :
polyatomic atom it is 6. The transfer of heat through solids occurs mainly by
Hence the energy of a mole of a monoatomic gas is conduction, in which each particle passes on thermal
energy to the neighboring particle but does not move
 1  3
µ = N  3 × kT  = RT from its position. Very little conduction occurs in
 2  2 liquids and gases.
Which is the same as that given by the kinetic theory. θ1 θ2
For a mole of diatomic gas µ Q
 1  5 Q
= N  5 × kT  = RT
 2  2
For a mole of polyatomic gas µ d A
 1  Consider a slab of area A and thickness d, whose
= N  6 × kT  = 3RT opposite faces are at temperature θ1 and θ2 (θ1 > θ2).
 2 
Let Q heat be conducted through the slab in time t.
When the irrational degrees of freedom are also taken
into account, the number of degrees of freedom  θ − θ2 
Then Q = λA  1 t
= 6n – 6 for non-linear molecules  d 
= 6n – 5 for linear molecules where λ = thermal conductivity of the material.
where n = number of atoms in a molecule. This has a fixed value for a particular material, being
Kinetic Temperature : large for good conductors (e.g., Cu, Ag) and low for
The kinetic temperature of a moving particle is the insulators (e.g., glass, wood).
temperature of an ideal gas in thermal equilibrium Heat Current : The quantity Q/t gives the heat flow
whose rms velocity equals the velocity of the given per unit time, and is called the heat current.
particle. In the steady state, the heat current must be the same
Maxwellian distribution of velocities : across every cross-section. This is a very useful
In a perfect gas all the molecules do not have the principle, and can be applied also to layers or slabs in
same velocity, rather velocities are distributed among contact.
them. Maxwell enunciated a law of distribution of Q dθ dθ θ − θ2
= – λA where the quantity = 1 is
velocities among the molecules of a perfect gas. t dx dx d
According to this law, the number of molecules with called the temperature gradient.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 26 MARCH 2012

 Unit of λ : Different units are used,
e.g., cal cm s ºC–1, cal m–1 s–1 ºC–1, jm´1 s–1 ºC–1.
Convection :
It is a process by which heat is conveyed by the
actual movement of particles. Particles closest to the
source receive heat by conduction through the wall of
the vessel. They rise up-wards and are replaced by
colder particles from the sides. Thus, a circulation of
particles is set up – hot particles constitute the
upward current and cold particles, the side and
downward current.
The transfer of heat by convection occurs only in
fluids, and is the main mode of heat transfer in them.
Most fluids are very poor conductors.
Radiation :
Thermal Radiation : Thermal radiations are
electromagnetic waves of long wavelengths.
Black Body : Bodies which absorb the whole of the
incident radiation and emit radiations of all
wavelengths are called black bodies.
It is difficult to realize a perfect black body in
practice. However, a cavity whose interior walls are
dull black does behave like a black body.
Absorption : Every surface absorbs a part or all of
the radiation falling on it. The degree of absorption
depends on the nature and colour of the surface. Dull,
black surfaces are the best absorbers. Polished, white
surfaces absorb the least. The coefficient of
absorption for a surface is
radiation absorbed
aλ =
radiation incident
The suffix λ denotes the wavelength of the radiation
being considered, Clearly, aλ = 1 for a black body, for
all values of λ.
Emission : Each surface emits radiation (radiates)
continuously. The emissive power (eλ) is defined as
the radiation emitted normally per second per unit
solid angle per unit area, in the wave-length range λ
and λ + dλ. Clearly, the emissive power of a black
body (denoted by Eλ) is the maximum.
Kirchhoff's Law : According to this law, for the
same conditions of temperature and wavelength, the
ratio eλ /aλ is the same for all surfaces and is equal to
Eλ. This simply means that good absorbers are good
emitters. Hence, a black body is the best emitter, and
a polished white body, the poorest emitter.
Prevost's Theory of Exchanges : All bodies emit
radiations irrespective of their temperatures. They
emit radiations to their environments and receive
radiations from their environments simultaneously. In
the equilibrium state the exchange between a body
and the environment of energy continues in equal
amounts.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Stefan-Boltzmann Law : If a black body at an
absolute temperature T be surrounded by another
black body at an absolute temperature T0, the rate of
loss of radiant energy per unit area is
E = σ(T4 – T04)
where σ is a constant called Stefan constant and its
value is 5.6697 × 10–8 W m–2 K–4
The total energy radiated by a black body at an
absolute temperature T is given by
E = σT4 × surface area × time
Note : Remember that rate of generation of heat by
V2
electricity is given by H = I2 R or or VI Js–1 or W.
R
Solved Examples
1. An earthenware vessel loses 1 g of water per second
due to evaporation. The water equivalent of the
vessel is 0.5 kg and the vessel contains 9.5 kg of
water. Find the time required for the water in the
vessel to cool to 28ºC from 30ºC. Neglect radiation
losses. Latent heat of vaporization of water in this
range of temperature is 540 cal g–1.
Sol. Here water at the surface is evaporated at the cost of
the water in the vessel losing heat.
Heat lost by the water in the vessel
= (9.5 + 0.5) × 1000 × (30 – 20) = 105 cal
Let t be the required time in seconds.
Heat gained by the water at the surface
= (t × 10–3) × 540 × 103
(Q L = 540 cal g–1 = 540 × 103 cal kg–1)
∴ 105 = 540t or t = 185 s = 3 min 5s
2. 15 gm of nitrogen is enclosed in a vessel at
temperature T = 300 K. Find the amount of heat
required to double the root mean square velocity of
these molecules.
Sol. The kinetic energy of each molecule with mass m is
given by
1 3
m v 2rms = kT ...(1)
2 2
If we want to increase the r.m.s. speed to η times,
then the temperature has to be raised to T´. Then,
1 3 1 3
mv 2rms = kT´ or mη2 v 2rms = kT´ ...(2)
2 2 2 2
From eqs. (1) and (2), T´ = η2T ...(3)
27 MARCH 2012
 The internal energy of n molecules at temperature T Sol. The quantity of heat Q passing across the stone is
is given by given by
5 KA(T1 − T2 ) t
U = nRT Q=
2 d
5 Here A = 3600 sq. cm = 0.36 m2
Similarly, U´ = nRT´
2 d = 10 cm = 0.10 m, (T1 – T2) = 100 – 0 = 100ºC and
5 t = 1 hour = 3600 sec.
∴ Change in internal energy ∆U = nR[T´ – T] K × 0.36 × 100 × 3600
2 ∴ Q= kilo-calories ...(1)
5 0.10
or ∆U = nRT[η2 – 1] Now heat gained by the ice in one hour
2
= mass of the ice × latent heat of ice
5 m 2
=   RT[η – 1] = 4.8 × 80 kilo calories ...(2)
2 M
From eqs. (1) and (2)
5  15  4 K × 0.36 × 100 × 3600
=   (8.31) (300) [4 – 1] = 10 J 4.8 × 80 =
2  28  0.10
4.8 × 80 × 0.10
or K =
3. 10 gm of oxygen at a pressure 3 × 105 N/m2 and 0.36 × 100 × 3600
temperature 10ºC is heated at constant pressure and
= 3 × 10–4 kilo cal m–1(ºC)–1s–1
after heating it occupies a volume of 10 litres (a) find
the amount of heat received by the gas and (b) the
energy of thermal motion of gas molecules before 5. A flat bottomed metal tank of water is dragged along
heating. a horizontal floor at the rate of 20m/sec. The tank is
Sol. (a) The states of the gas before and after heating are of mass 20 kg and contains 1000 kg of water and all
the heat produced in the dragging is conducted to the
M M
PV1 = RT1 and PV2 = RT2 water through the bottom plate of the tank. If the
µ µ bottom plate has an effective area of conduction 1 m2
Solving these equations for T2, we have and the thickness 5 cm and the temperature of water
µV2 P 32 × (10 × 10 −3 )(3 × 10 5 ) in the tank remains constant at 50ºC, calculate the
T2 = = = 1156 K temperature of the bottom surface of the tank, given
MR (10 × 10 −3 )(8.31× 10 3 ) the coefficient of friction between the tank and the
Now T2 – T1 = 1156 – 283 = 873 K floor is 0.343 and K for the material of the tank is 25
The amount of heat received by the gas is given by cal m–1 s–1 K–1.
M Sol. Frictional force = µ m g
∆Q = CP(T2 – T1) = 0.343 × (1000 + 20) × 9.81 = 3432 N
µ
The rate of dragging, i.e., the distance travelled in
(10 × 10 −3 )29.08 × 10 3 × 873 one second = 20 m.
=
32 ∴ Work done per second
= 7.9 × 103 J = (3432 × 20) Nm/sec.
(b) The energy of the gas before heating This work done appears as heat at the bottom plate of
M i the tank. Hence
E1 = × × RT1
µ 2 3432 × 20
H= cal/sec
where i = number of degrees of freedom 4.18
= 5 (for oxygen) KA(T1 − T2 )
But H= (Q t = 1 sec)
(10 × 10 −3 )5 × (8.31× 10 −3 )(283) d
=
2 × 32 3432 × 20 25 × 1× (T1 − T2 )
Now =
= 1.8 × 10 J3 4.18 0.05
3432 × 20 × 0.05
4. A slab of stone of area 3600 sq cm and thickness 10 ∴ T1 – T2 = = 32.84
4.18 × 25 × 1
cm is exposed on the lower surface of steam 100ºC.
A block of ice at 0ºC rests on upper surface of the Temp. of bottom surface T1 = 50 + 32.84
slab. In one hour 4800 gm of ice is melted. Calculate = 82.84ºC
the thermal conductivity of the stone.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 28 MARCH 2012

 P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE

Atomic Structure, X-Ray & Radio Activity

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY

Atomic Structure : The maximum number of electrons that can be

According to Neil Bohr's hypothesis is the angular accommodated in an orbit is 2n2.
momentum of an electron is quantised. X-rays :
 h  h When fast moving electron strikes a hard metal,
mvr = n   or L = n
 2π  2π X-rays are produced. When the number of electrons
2πr = nλ striking the target metal increases, the intensity of X-
rays increases. When the accelerating voltage/kinetic
h  c  z –1
vn = Zn =  × ms energy of electron increases λmin decreases. X-rays
2πmr  137  n
have the following properties :
 h2  n2 n2 1 (a) Radiations of short wavelength (0.01 Å – 10Å);
rn =  2 
 Z = 0.529 Å where k =
 4π mke
2
 Z 4 πε 0
high pentrating power; having a speed of 3 × 108 m/s
in vacuum.
 ke 2  15
fn =   × 1 = 6.58 × 10 Hz Continuous spectrum
 hr  n n
 
Intensity
(Varies & depends on
accelerating voltage) Characteristic spectrum
1 ke 2 Z − ke 2 ke 2 Kα
(fixed for a target material)
K.E. = ; P.E. = × Z; T.E. = – ×Z Kβ
2 r r 2r Lγ Lβ
Lα
− 13.6 Z 2
T.E. = ev/atom where –13.6
n2
= Ionisation energy λmin λ
+ P.E. hc hc 12400
⇒ +T.E. = = – K.E. (b) λmin = = = Å
2 eV K.E V
Note : If dielectric medium is present then εr has to
1  1 
be taken into consideration. (c) = R(Z – b)2 1 − 2 
λ  n 
v 1 me 4 z 2  1 1 
= =v= 2 3  2
− 2 b = 1 for k-line transfer of electron
c λ 8ε 0 h c  n1 n 2 
(d) Moseley law ν = a(z – b)
1 2 1  p mv
= RZ  2 − 2  = = R = R0A 1/3
where R0 = 1.2 × 10–15 m
 n1 n 2  h h
R = radius of nucleus of mass number A.
n=∞
n=7 * Nucleus density is of the order of 1017 kg/m3
n=6
n=5 –0.85 eV Isomers are nuclides which have identical atomic
Kδ Lγ Pfund
n=4 number and mass number but differ in their energy
Kγ Lβ Brackett (I.R.)
n=3 (I.R.) –1.5 eV states.
Paschen
Lα
Kβ (I.R.) Nuclear binding energy ∆mc 2
n=2 –3.4 eV =
Balmer Nucleon A
(Visible)
where ∆m = mass defect

n=1
Limiting line of Lyman series
–13.6 eV [ Zm p + (A − Z)m n − M ]c 2
Lyman Series
=
A
(U.V. rays)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 29 MARCH 2012

 * The binding energy per nucleon is small for small
nuclei.
* For 2 < A < 20, there are well defined maxima
which indicate that these nuclei are more stable.
* For 30 < A < 120 the average B.E./A is 8.5 MeV /
nucleon with a peak value of 8.8 MeV for Iron.
* For A > 120, there is a gradual decreases in
B.E./nucleon.
* More the B.E./A, more is the stability.
(f) In a nuclear fusion reaction small nuclei fuse to
give big nuclei whereas in a nuclear fusion reaction a
big nuclei breaks down.
Thermal neutrons produce fission in fissile nuclei.
Fast moving neutrons, when collide with atoms of
comparable masses, transfer their kinetic energy to
colliding particle and slow down.
∆λ v
According to Doppler's effect of light =
λ c

Radioactivity : E nhν nhc

Power, P = = =
t t λt
β particles are electrons emitted from the nucleus.
(n → p + β) out put
η=
In put
(a) N = N0e–λt
−dN dN
(b) = λN where = activity level
dt dt
n
t Solved Examples
1  1  T1 / 2
(c) N = N0   = N0  
2 2 1. The energy of an excited hydrogen atom is –3.4 eV.
n Calculate the angular momentum of the electron
1
⇒ A = A0   where A = activity level according to Bohr theory.
2
Sol. The energy of the electron in the nth orbit is
0.693 13.6
(d) T1/2 = En = – eV
λ
n2
1 13.6
(e) τ = Here, – = –3.4
λ n2
(f) τ = 1.4 T1/2 or n=2
2.303 N 2.303 A nh 2 × 6.63 × 10 −34
(g) t = log10 0 = log10 0 Angular momentum = =
λ N λ A 2π 2 × 3.14
2.303 m = 2.11 × 10–34 Js.
= log 0
λ m
2. The wavelength of the first member of the Balmer
(h) If a radioactive element decays by simultaneous
series in the hydrogen spectrum is 6563 Å. Calculate
−dN the wavelength of the first member of the Lyman
emission of two particle then = λ1N + λ2N
dt series.
The following parameters remain conserved during a Sol. For the first member of the Balmer series
nuclear reaction
1 1 1 5R
(a) linear momentum = R 2 − 2  = ...(1)
λ  2 3  36
(b) Angular momentum
For the first member of the Lyman series
(c) Number of nucleons
1 1 1 3R
(d) Charge = R 2 − 2 = ...(2)
λ´ 1 2  4
(e) The energy released in a nuclear reaction
Dividing Eq. (1) by Eq. (2)
X+P→Y+Z+Q
λ´ 5× 4 5
Q = [mx + mp) – (my + mz)]c2 = ∆m × c2 = =
λ 36 × 3 27
Q = ∆m × 931 MeV
5 5
or λ´ = λ= × 6563 = 1215 Å
27 27

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 30 MARCH 2012

3. Hydrogen atom in its ground state is excited by Sol. Initial kinetic energy of the electron = 50.0 keV
means of a monochromatic radiation of wavelength Energy of the photon produced in the first collision,
970.6 Å. How many different wavelengths are E1 = 50.0 – 25.0 = 25.0 keV
possible in the resulting emission spectrum ? Find the
Wavelength of this photon
longest wavelength amongst these.
Sol. Energy the radiation quantum hc 6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
λ1 = =
E1 1.6 × 10 −19 × 12.5 × 10 3
hc 6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
E = hv = = = 0.99 × 10–10 m
λ 970.6 × 10 −10 × 1.6 × 10 −19
= 12.75 eV = 0.99 Å

Energy of the excited sate Kinetic energy of the electron after third collision = 0

En = – 13.6 + 12.75 = – 0.85 eV Energy of the photon produced in the third collision ,
E3 = 12.5 – 0 = 12.5 keV
13.6
Now, we know that En = – This is same as E2. Therefore, wavelength of this
n2
photon, λ3 = λ2 = 0.99 Å
13.6 −13.6
or n2 = – = = 16
En − 0.85 5. In an experiment on two radioactive isotopes of an
or n = 4 elements (which do not decay into each other), their
The number of possible transition in going to the mass ratio at a given instant was found to be 3. The
ground state and hence the number of different rapidly decaying isotopes has larger mass and an
wavelengths in the spectrum will be six as shown in activity of 1.0 µCi initially. The half lives of the two
the figure. isotopes are known to be 12 hours and 16 hours.
What would be the activity of each isotope and their
n
4 mass ratio after two days ?
3 Sol. We have, after two days, i.e., 48 hours,
4
1
N1 = N10   = N10 /16
2 2
3
1
N2 = N 02   = N 02 /8
2
1
N1 N0 8 3× 8 3
The longest wavelength corresponds to minimum Mass ratio = = 10 . = =
N2 N 2 16 162 2
energy difference, i.e., for the transition 4 → 3.
13.6 Now, A10 = λ1 N10 = 1.0 µCi
Now E3 = – = – 1.51 eV
32 After two days,
hc A1 = λ1N1 = λ1 N10 /16 = A10 /16 = (1/16)µCi
= E4 – E3
λ max A2 = λ2N2 = λ2 N 02 /8
6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108 λ2 T 12 3
or λmax = But = 1 = =
(1.51 − 0.85) × 1.6 × 10 −19 λ1 T2 16 4
= 18.75 × 10–7m = 18750 Å 3
or λ2 = λ1
4
4. X-rays are produced in an X-ray tube by electrons 3  1  1
A2 =  λ1  ×  N10  ×
accelerated through a potential difference of 50.0 kV.  4   3  8
An electron makes three collisions in the target
before coming to rest and loses half its kinetic energy 1 1
= λ1 N10 = A10
in each of the first two collisions. Determine the 32 32
wavelengths of the resulting photons. Neglect the = (1/32) µCi
recoil of the heavy target atoms.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 31 MARCH 2012

 KEY CONCEPT

Organic PURIFICATION OF
Chemistry
Fundamentals ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Qualitative Analysis : Preparation of Lassaigne's Extract (or sodium extract):
Qualitative analysis of an organic compound involves A small piece of sodium is gently heated in an
the detection of various elements present in it. The ignition tube till it melts. The ignition tube is
elements commonly present in organic compounds removed from the flame, about 50–60 mg of the
are carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, halogens, organic compound added and the tube heated
sulphur and sometimes phosphorus. strongly for 2–3 minutes to fuse the material inside it.
Detection of carbon and Hydrogen : After cooling , the tube is carefully broken in a china
Principle. Carbon and hydrogen are detected by dish containing about 20–30 mL of distilled water.
strongly heating the organic compound with cupric The fused material along with the pieces of ignition
oxide, (CuO). The carbon present in the organic tube are crushed with the help of a glass rod and the
compound is oxidised to carbon dioxide and contents of the china dish are boiled for a few
hydrogen is oxidised to water. Carbon dioxide is minutes. The sodium salts formed in the above
tested by lime water test, whereas water is tested by reactions (i.e., NaCN, Na2S, NaX or NaSCN)
anhydrous copper sulphate test. dissolve in water. Excess of sodium, if any, reacts
with water to give sodium hydroxide. This alkaline
Mixture of orgainc compoud
Guard tube solution is called Lassaigne's extract or sodium
and dry copper oxide (CuO)
containing sodalime
extract. The solution is then filtered to remove the
insoluble materials and the filtrate is used for making
the tests for nitrogen, sulphur and halogens.
Anhydrous Cotton plug
Reactions : An organic compound containing C, H,
copper sulphate
(white) N, S, halogens when fused with sodium metal gives
Lime water the following reactions.

Reactions : C + N + Na fusion
→ NaCN
C + 2CuO → CO2 + 2Cu in organic compound sodium cyanide
fusion
in the compound X(Cl, Br, I) + Na→ NaX(X=Cl,Br, I)
2H + CuO → H2O + Cu from organic compound sodium halide
in the compound S + 2Na fusion
→ Na2S
CO2 + Ca(OH)2 → CaCO3 + H2O from organic compound sodium sulphide
limewater milky
If nitrogen and sulphur both are present in any
5H2O + CuSO4 (anhyd) → CuSO4.5H2O organic compound, sodium thiocyanate (NaSCN) is
white blue formed during fusion which in the presence of excess
Process : The given organic compound is mixed with sodium, forms sodium cyanide and sodium sulphide.
dry cupric oxide (CuO) and heated in a hard glass
Na + C + N + S fusion
→ NaCNS
tube. The products of the reaction are passed over
(white) anhydrous copper sulphate and then bubbled in organic compound sodium thiocyanate
through limewater. The copper sulphate turns blue Detection of Nitrogen :
(due to the formation of CuSO4.5H2O) by water Take a small quantity of the sodium extract in a test
vapour, showing that the compound contains tube. If not alkaline, make it alkaline by adding 2–3
hydrogen. The limewater is turned milky by CO2, drops of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) solution. To this
showing that the compound contains carbon. solution, add 1 mL of freshly prepared solution of
Detection of Nitrogen, Sulphur and Halogens : ferrous sulphate. Heat the mixture of the two
Nitrogen, sulphur and halogens in any organic solutions to boiling and then acidify it with dilute
compound are detected by Lassaigne's test. sulphuric acid. The appearance of prussion blue or
green colouration or precipitate confirms the
presence of nitrogen in the given organic compound.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 32 MARCH 2012

 Chemistry of the test : The following reactions sulphide (if present) to hydrogen cyanide and
describe the chemistry of the tests of nitrogen. The hydrogen sulphide gases, respectively. This solution
carbon and nitrogen present in the organic compound is cooled and silver nitrate solution added. A white
on fusion with sodium metal give sodium cyanide precipitate soluble in ammonia shows chlorine, a
(NaCN). NaCN being ionic salt dissolves in water. yellowish precipitate sparingly soluble in ammonia
So, the sodium extract contains sodium cyanide. indicates bromine, and a yellow precipitate insoluble
Sodium cyanide on reaction with ferrous sulphate in ammonia shows the presence of iodine in the
gives sodium ferrocyanide. On heating, some of the given organic compound.
ferrous salt is oxidised to the ferric salt and this reacts NaCl(aq) + AgNO3(aq) → AgCl(s) + NaNO3(aq)
with sodium ferrocyanide to form ferric-ferrocyanide. white precipitate
6 NaCN + FeSO4 → Na4[Fe(CN)6] + Na2SO4 (soluble in ammonia)
sodium ferrocyanide NaBr(aq) + AgNO3(aq) → AgBr(s) + NaNO3(aq)
3Na4[Fe(CN)6] + 2Fe2(SO4)3 light yellow ppt.
formed during boiling of the solution (sparingly soluble in ammonia)
→ Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3 + 6Na2SO4 NaI(aq) + AgNO3(aq) → AgI(s) + NaNO3(aq)
prussian blue yellow precipitate
When nitrogen and sulphur both are present in any (insoluble in ammonia)
organic compound, sodium thiocyanate is formed
during fusion. When extracted with water sodium (b) CS2 layer test for detecting bromine and iodine :
thiocynate goes into the sodium extract and gives Boil a small quantity of sodium extract with dilute
blood red colouration with ferric ions due to the HNO3 for 1–2 min and cool the solution. To this
formation of ferric thiocyanate solution, add a few drops of carbon disulphide (CS2)
and 1–2 mL fresh chlorine water, and shake.
Na + C + N + S NaCNS Appearance of orange colour in the CS2 layer
from organic Sod. thiocyanate confirms the presence of bromine, whereas that of a
3NaCNS + Fe 3+
→ Fe(CNS)3 + 3Na+ violet/purple colouration confirms the presence of
iodine in the compound.
ferric thiocyanate
2NaBr(aq) + Cl2
(blood red) in sodium extract
Detection of Sulphur : CS
2 → 2NaCl(aq) + Br2
The presence of sulphur in any organic compound is dissolves in CS2 to
detected by using sodium extract as follows : give orange colour.
(a) Lead acetate test : Acidify a small portion of 2NaI(aq) + Cl2
sodium extract with acetic acid and add lead acetate in sodium extract
solution to it. A black precipitate of lead sulphide 
CS
2 → 2NaCl(aq) + I2
indicates the presence of sulphur. dissolves in CS2
+
(CH3COO)2Pb + Na2S H→ PbS + 2CH3COONa to give purple/violet colour
Detection of Phosphorus :
lead acetate in sodium black ppt
extract The organic compound is fused with sodium
(b) Sodium nitroprusside test : To a small quantity peroxide. The fused mass is then extracted with
of sodium extract taken in a test tube, add 2-3 drops water. The aqueous solution so obtained is boiled
of sodium nitroprusside solution. A violet colour with concentrated nitric acid, and ammonium
indicates the presence of sulphur. This colour fades molybedate solution is added to it.
away slowly on standing. A yellow solution or precipitate indicates the
presence of phosphorus in the organic compound.
Na2S + Na2[Fe(CN)5NO] → Na4[Fe(CN)5NOS]
The yellow precipitate is of ammonium
sodium nitroprusside violet or purple colour phosphomolybedate (NH4)3[PMo12O40] or
Detection of Halogens : (NH4)3PO4.12MoO3.
The presence of halogens in any organic compound is
detected by using sodium extract (Lassaigne's
extract) by silver nitrate test.
(a) Silver nitrate test : Sodium extract
(or Lassaigne's extract) is boiled with dilute nitric
acid to decompose sodium cyanide or sodium

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 33 MARCH 2012

 KEY CONCEPT

Inorganic BORON FAMILY &

Chemistry
Fundamentals CARBON FAMILY
Boron Trihalides : Now, the tendency for back donation is maximum in
The trihalides of boron are electron deficient the case of fluorine due to its small size and more
interelectronic repulsions, therefore, it is the least
compounds having a planar structure as shown. They
acidic. The tendency of back bonding falls as we
act as Lewis acids because of incomplete octet.
move from BF3 to BCl3 and BCl3 to BBr3 due to
X increase in the size of halogen atoms consequently,
the acidic character increase accordingly.
π
120º

B F
B F
X Planar structure of X
F
boron trihalides
π
BF3 + : NH 3 → F3 B ← NH3
Lewis acid Lewis base Addition product Empty 2p-orbital
2p-orbital with lone pair
BF3 + : F− → BF4− pπ-pπ back bonding
Lewis acid Lewis base Fluoroborate ion

The acid strength of trihalides decreases as : Acidic nature of H3BO3 or B(OH)3 :

BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3 < BI3
Explanation :
This order of acid strength is reverse of what may
normally be expected on the basis of
electronegativity of halogens. Since F is most
electronegative, hence BF3 should be most electron
deficient and thus should be strongest acid. The
anomalous behaviour is explained on the basis of
tendency of halogen atom to back-donate its electrons
to boron atom. For example, in BF3 one of the
2p-orbital of F atom having lone pair overlaps
sidewise with the empty 2p-orbital of boron atom to
form pπ-pπ back bonding. This is also known as back
donation. Further, due to back-π donation of three
surrounding fluorine atoms. BF3 can be represented
as a resonance hybrid of following three structures.
+ reaction above, thus effectively removing it from
F F F F
–
B =F +
B– – F B– — F ≡
F F + F
F
Resonating forms of BF3 Probable hybrid
structure
As a result of this back donation, the electron
deficiency of boron gets compensated and its Lewis
acid character decreases.
Since B(OH)3 only partially reacts with water to form
H3O+ and [B(OH)4]–, it behaves as a weak acid. Thus
H3BO3 or (B(OH)3) cannot be titrated satisfactorily
with NaOH, as a sharp end point is not obtained. If
certain organic polyhydroxy compounds such as
glycerol, mannitol or sugars are added to the titration
mixture, then B(OH)3 behaves as a strong monobasic
acid. It can now be titrated with NaOH, and the end
point is detected using phenolphthalein as indicator
(indicator changes at pH 8.3 – 10.0).
2B(OH)3 + 2NaOH
Na[B(OH)4] + NaBO 2 + 2H 2 O
sodium metaborate
The added compound must be a cis-diol, to enhance
the acidic properties in this way. (This means that it
has OH groups on adjacent carbon atoms in the cis
configuration.) The cis-diol forms very stable
complexes with the [B(OH)4]– formed by the forward
solution. The reaction is reversible. Thus removal of
B– — F
one of the products at the right hand side of the
equation upsets the balance, and the reaction
proceeds completely to the right. Thus all the B(OH)3
reacts with NaOH : in effect it acts as a strong acid in
the presence of the cis-diol.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 34 MARCH 2012

 – beyond Me4B2H2 without breaking the molecule into
–
– C – OH HO OH –C–O OH HO – C –
–2H2O B
+ B + The terminal B – H distance are the same as the bond
– C – OH HO OH –C–O OH HO – C –
– two atoms. We can describe these bonds as two-
–C–O O–C–
–2H2O B Thus the electron deficiency must be associated with
–C–O O–C–
Borax :
The most common metaborate is borax
Na2[B4O5(OH)4] . 8H2O. It is a useful primary
standard for titrating against acids.
(Na2[B4O5(OH)4] . 8H2O) + 2HCl →
2NaCl + 4H3BO3 + 5H2O
One of the products H3BO3 is itself a weak acid. Thus
the indicator used to detect the end point of this
reaction must be one that is unaffected by H3BO3.
Methyl orange is normally used, which changes in
the pH range 3.1 – 4.4.
One mole of borax reacts with two moles of acid.
This is because when borax is dissolved in water both
B(OH)3 and [B(OH)4]– are formed, but only the
[B(OH)4]– reacts with HCl.
[B4O5(OH)4]2– + 5H2O 2B(OH)3 + 2[B(OH)4]–
2[B(OH)4]– + 2H3O+ → 2B(OH)3 + 4H2O
The last reaction will titrate at pH 9.2, so the
indicator must have pKa < 8. Borax is also used as a
buffer since its aqueous solution contains equal
amounts of weak acid and its salt.
Structures of the Boranes :
The bonding and structures of the boranes are of
great interest. They are different from all other
hydrides. There are not enough valency electrons to
form conventional two-electron bonds between all of
the adjacent pair of atoms, and so these compounds
are termed as electron dificient.
In diborane there are 12 valency electrons, three from
each B atom and six from the H atoms. Electron
diffraction results indicate the structure shown in fig.
H H 1.33Å H
1.19Å
B B 1.19Å
H H 1.33Å H
The two bridging H atoms are in a plane
perpendicular to the rest of the molecules and prevent
rotation between the two B atoms. Specific heat
measurements confirm that rotation is hindered. Four
of the H atoms are in a different environment from
the other two. This is confirmed by Raman spectra
and by the fact that diborane cannot be methylated
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
BMe3.
lengths measured in non-electron-deficient
compounds. These are assumed to be normal
covalent bonds, with two electrons shared between
centre two-electron bonds (2c-2e).
the bridge groups. The nature of the bonds in the
hydrogen bridges is now will established. Obviously
they are abnormal bonds as the two bridges involve
only one electron from each boron atom and one
from each hydrogen atom, making a total of four
electrons. An sp3 hybrid orbital from each boron
atom overlaps with the 1s orbital of the hydrogen.
This gives a delocalized molecular orbital covering
all three nuclei, containing one pair of electrons and
making up one of the bridges. This is a three centre
two-electron bond (3c-2e). A second three-centre
bond is also formed.
H
H
B H
H B
H
H
H
H
B H
H B
H H
Overlap of approximately sp2 hybrid orbitals from B with
an s orbital from H to give a banana-shaped three-centre
two-electron bond.
The higher boranes have an open cage structure. Both
normal and multi-centre bonds are required to explain
these structures.
Terminal B–H bonds. These are normal covalent
bonds, that is two centre two-electron (2c-2e)
bonds.
B – B bonds. These are also normal 2c-2e bonds.
Three-centre bridge bonds including B ... H ... B
as in diborane. These are 3c-2e bonds.
Three-centre bridge bonds including B....B.....B,
similar to the hydrogen bridge. These are called
35 MARCH 2012
 'open boron bridge bonds' and are of the type R R R
3c-2e.
(iii) HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH
Closed 3c-2e bonds between three B atoms. –3H2O
OH OH OH
B HO HO HO
HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH
R R R
B B R R
R
Silicones :
– O – Si – O – Si – O – Si – O –
These are organosilicon polymers containing Si – O – Si
linkages. These are formed by the hydrolysis of alkyl O O O
or aryl substituded chlorosilanes and their subsequent – O – Si – O – Si – O – Si – O –
polymerisation. The alkyl or aryl substitued
chlorosilanes are prepared by the reaction of R R R
Grignard reagent and silicon tetrachloride. Cross linked silicone
RMgCl + SiCl4 → R – SiCl3 + MgCl2 Cyclic (ring) silicones are formed when water is
Grignard reagent eliminated from the terminal –OH group of linear
2RMgCl + SiCl4 → R2SiCl2 + 2MgCl2 silicones.
R R
3RMgCl + SiCl4 → R3SiCl + 3MgCl2
R stands for – CH3, –C2H5 or –C6H5 groups Si
Hydrolysis of substituted chlorosilanes yield O O
corresponding silanols which udergo polymerisation. R R
Si Si
R R
R Cl H OH –2HCl R OH O
Si + Si R3SiCl on hydrolysis forms only a dimer
R Cl H OH R OH
Dialky silandiol R3Si OH + OH Si R3 R3Si – O – Si R3
Polymerisation of dialkyl silandiol yields linear
thermoplastic polymer.
R R
HO – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH
SCIENCE TIPS
R R R R
• A porcelain funnel used for filtration by suction is
HO – Si – O – Si – OH
known as ® Bucher Funnel
R R • What is diazomethane ?
Polymerisation continues on both the ends and thus + –
chain increases in length. ® [CH 2 = N = N or CH 2 N 2 ]
RSiCl3 on hydrolysis gives a cross linked silicone. • A drying chamber, containing chemicals such as
The formation can be explained in three steps : concentrated sulphuric acid or silica gel is known as
Cl OH ® Desiccator
3H2O • Reforming of a gasoline fraction to increase
(i) R – Si – Cl R – Si – OH
–3HCl branching in presence of AlCl3 is known as
Cl OH
® Isomerization
R R R
• A condenser consisting of glass tube surrounded by
(ii) HO – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH + H O – Si – OH another glass tube through which cooling water
OH OH OH flows is known as ® Liebig condenser
R R R • What is
HO – Si – O – Si – O – Si – OH • ® Hot wire ammeter
OH OH OH • What quantity has the

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 36 MARCH 2012

 UNDERSTANDING
1. (a) When Mn(OH)2 is made by adding an alkali to a
solution containing Mn2+ ions, the precipitate quickly
darkens, and eventually goes black. What might be
the chemical giving the black colour, and how is it
made ?
(b) Dimercury (I) iodide, Hg2I2 is a greenish colour
and is precipitated if iodide ions are added to a
solution of dimercury (I) sulphate, Hg2SO4. Likewise
the red mercury (II) iodide, HgI2, is precipitated from
a solution of mercury (II) sulphate, HgSO4. However,
both precipitates dissolve in excess iodide solution.
What might be the reason for this ?
Sol. (a) The black colour is due to the manganese (IV)
oxide, MnO2. It is made by the Mn(OH)2 being
oxidised by oxygen in the air :
Mn(OH)2 → MnO + H2O
MnO + ½O2 → MnO2
air black
(b) It is due to formation of HgI42– (a soluble
complex) in both the cases with HgI2 :
HgI2 + 2I– → HgI42–
But in Hg2I2, first there is oxidation of Hg(I) to
Hg(II) and then complex formation takes place; it is
by following disproportionation reaction :
Hg 22 + –
+ 4I → HgI 24+ + Hg
+1 +2 0 burns with blue flame and is fatal when inhaled
2. Calculate mol of Ca(OH)2 required to carry out
following conversion taking one mol in each case :
Inorganic Chemistry
(c) 2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 → CaCl2 + 2NH3 + 2H2O
2 mol NH4Cl ≡ 1 mol Ca(OH)2
1 mol NH4Cl ≡ 0.5 mol Ca(OH)2
(d) 2NaHCO3 + Ca(OH)2 → Na2CO3 + CaCO3 +
2H2O
2 mol NaHCO3 ≡ 1 mol Ca(OH)2
1 mol NaHCO3 ≡ 0.5 mol Ca(OH)2
3. A colourless salt (A), soluble in water, gives a
mixture of three gases (B), (C) and (D) along with
water vapours. Gas (B) is blue towards litmus paper,
gas (C) red and gas (D) is neutral. Gas (B) is also
obtained when (A) is heated with NaOH and gives
brown ppt. with K2HgI4. Solution thus obtained gives
white ppt. (E) with CaCl2 solution in presence of
CH3COOH. Precipatete (E) decolorises MnO −4 /H+.
Gas (C) turns lime water milky while gas (D) burns
with blue flame and is fatal when inhaled. Identify
(A) to (D) and explain chemical reactions.
Sol. Gas (B) gives brown ppt. with K2HgI4
⇒ gas (B) is NH3 ⇒ gas (A) has NH4+
(C) turns lime water milky
⇒ gas (C) can be SO2 or CO2
Gas (D) is also obtained along with (C). Gas (D)
⇒ gas (D) is CO ⇒ gas (C) is CO2
⇒ (A) has C2O4 2–

COOH COO It is confirmed by the fact that CaCl2 gives white ppt.
(a) into Ca CaC2O4(E) which decolourises MnO4–/H+
COOH COO
(b) H3PO4 into CaHPO4 ⇒ (A) is (NH4)2C2O4
(c) NH4Cl into NH3 Explanation :
(d) NaHCO3 into CaCO3 ∆
(NH4)2 C2O4 → 2NH3 + CO2 + CO + H2O
COOH
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Sol. (a) is a dibasic acid
COOH (B) is blue towards litmus (basic)
COOH COO (C) is red toward litmus (acidic)
+ Ca(OH)2 Ca
COOH COO (D) is neutral
1 mo l 1 mo l ∆
(NH4)2C2O4+2NaOH → Na2C2O4+ 2 NH 3 +2H2O
Ca(OH)2 required = 1 mol (B)
(b) H3PO4 + Ca(OH)2 → CaHPO4 + 2H2O Na2C2O4+ CaCl2 → CaC 2 O 4 ↓ + 2NaCl
1 mol of H3PO4 ≡ 2H+ neutralised by 1 mol of White ppt. (E )
Ca(OH)2
Ca(OH)2 required = 1 mol

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 37 MARCH 2012

 Hg Sol. (i) Acetic acid on heating with C2H5OH gives
NH3 + K2HgI4 → O NH2I original compound (A).
Hg
brown ppt CH3COOH + C2H5OH H2SO

 4
→ CH 3COOC 2 H 5
∆ (A)
(Iodide of Million’s base)
+ H2O
2MnO4– +16H++5C2O42– → 10CO2+2Mn2++ H2O
violet colourless (ii) CH3COOC2H5 (A) on heating with C2H5ONa
undergoes Claisen condensation to give (B), which is
4. A solution of a salt (A) when treated with calculated aceto acetic ester.
quantity of sodium hydroxide gave a green coloured C2H5ONa
CH3CO OC2H5 + H CH2COOC2H5
ppt (B), which dissolve in excess of NaOH. (B) acts Reflux
(A)
as a weak base and loses water on heating to give a + C2H5OH + CH3COCH2COOC2H5
green powder (C). The green powder is used as (B)
refractory material. When (C) is fused with an alkali
(iii) (B) on heating in acidic solution gives (C) and
in presence of air or oxidising agent, a yellow
ethyl alcohol.
coloured solution (D) is obtained. Identify the
+
compounds from (A) to (D) - CH 3COCH 2 COOC 2 H 5 + HOH H→
Sol. The compound (A) is chromic salt. The chemical ( B)
reactions are as under - CH 3COCH 2 COOH + C2H5OH
(i) With calculated quantity of sodium hydroxide - (C)

CrCl3 + 3NaOH → Cr(OH)3 + 3NaCl (iv) (C) on decarboxylation gives acetone (D).
green ppt (B) ∆
CH 3COCH 2 COOH → CH 3COCH 3
(ii) In excess of sodium hydroxide, soluble NaCrO2 is − CO 2
(C) ( D)
formed
(v) (D) reacts with NaNH2 to form sodium salt (E),
Cr(OH)3 + NaOH → NaCrO2 + 2H2O which on heating with CH3I gives butanone (F).
(sod. chromite)
∆
(iii) Since Cr(OH)3 contains -OH group, so it will act CH 3COCH 3 + NaNH2 → CH 3COCH 2 Na
− NH 3
( D) (E)
as a base. On heating it will lose water to give Cr2O3
powder (C) CH I
 3
– NaI
→ CH 3COCH 2 CH 3
2Cr(OH)3 → Cr2O3 + 3H2O ( F)

(C) ∆
(vi) CH 3COCH 2 CH 3 + 3I2 + 4NaOH →
(iv) On fusing Cr2O3 with an alkali in presence of ( F)
oxygen or oxidising agent, a yellow soluble chromate CHI3 + CH3CH2COONa + 3NaI + 3H2O
will be formed - ∆
(vii) CH 3COCH 3 + 3I2 + 4NaOH →
2Cr2O3 + 8NaOH + 3O2 → 4Na2CrO4 + 4H2O ( D)
yellow soln. (D)
CHI3 + CH3COONa + 3NaI + 3H2O

5. Two moles of an anhydrous ester (A) are condensed CH3COONa HCl

→ CH3COOH + NaCl
in presence of sodium ethoxide to give a β-keto ester Thus, (A) CH3COOC2H5
(B) and ethanol. On heating in an acidic solution (B) CH3COCH2COOC2H5
compound (B) gives ethanol and a β-keto acid (C).
(C) CH3COCH2COOH
(C) on decarboxylation gives (D) of molecular
formula C3H6O. Compound (D) reacts with sodamide (D) CH3COCH3
to give a sodium salt (E), which on heating with CH3I (E) CH3COCH2Na
gives (F), C4H8O, which reacts with phenyl hydrazine (F) CH3COCH2CH3
but not with Fehling reagent. (F) on heating with I2
and NaOH gives yellow precipitate of CHI3 and
sodium propionate. Compound (D) also gives
iodoform, but sodium salt of acetic acid. The sodium
salt of acetic acid on acidification gives acetic acid
which on heating with C2H5OH in presence of conc.
H2SO4 gives the original ester (A). What are (A) to
(F) ?

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 38 MARCH 2012

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 39 MARCH 2012
 Set

`tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá 11
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing
IIT JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Shailendra Maheshwari
So lu t ion s wi l l b e p ub lished in nex t issue Joint Director Academics, Career Point, Kota

1. For complex numbers z1 = x1 + iy1 and z2 = x2 + iy2 x+ y 2 + f ( x) + f ( y )

7. If f   =
we write z1 ∩ z2, if x1 ≤ x2 and y1 ≤ y2. The for all  3  3
1− z for all real x and y. If f ´(2) = 2, then f(2) is -
complex numbers z with 1 ∩ z, we have ∩ 0,
1+ z
Justify the result. Passage :
Let Z denotes the set of integers. Let p be a prime
2. AP and BQ are fixed parallel tangents to a circle, and number and let z1 ≡ {0, 1}. Let f : z → z and
a tangent at any point C cuts them at P and Q g : z → z1 are two functions defined as follows :
respectively. Show that CP.CQ is independent of the f(n) = pn; if n ∈ z and
position of C on the circle. g(n) = 1; if n is a perfect square
= 0, otherwise.
3. Let f(x) = ax2 + bx + c & g(x) = cx2 + bx + a, such
that |f(0)| ≤ 1, |f(1)| ≤ 1 and |f(–1)| ≤ 1. Prove that 8. g(f(x)) is -
(A) many one into
|f(x)| ≤ 5/4 and |g(x)| ≤ 2
(B) many one onto
(C) one one onto
4. A straight line is drawn throguh the origin
(D) one one into
and parallel to the tangent to the curve
 a + a2 − y2  9. f(g(x)) = p has -
x + a2 − y2
= ln   at an arbitrary

(A) no real root
a  y (B) at least one real root
 
(C) infinity many roots
point M. Show that the locus of the points P of
(D) exactly one real root
intersection of this straight line and the straight line
parallel to the x-axis and passing through the point M 10. g(f(x)) is –
is a circle. (A) non periodic function
(B) odd function
 1 (C) even function
n n
Cr  , If n is even
5. Show that ∑ (−2) r
r +2
Cr
=  n +1

1
(D) None of these
r =0 , If n is odd
n + 2

1
∫x tan −1 x dx , then expression In in terms
n
6. Let In =
0

of In–2.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 40 MARCH 2012

 MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES
SOLUTION FOR FEBRUARY ISSUE (SET # 10)

1. g(x) = sin x ; 0 ≤ x < π/2 A

1 ; π/2 ≤ x ≤ π
sin2 x/2 ; π<x
lim g(x) = lim g(x) = g(π/2) = 1
x →π 2− x →π 2+

lim g(x) = lim g(x) = g(π) = 1

x→π− x→π+
g´(π–) = g´(π +) = 0 B D C
E
and g´(π/2–) = g´(π/2+) = 0
t
Hence g(x) is continuous and differentiable in (0,∞) =1+s ...(1)
|b|
sin x sin(sin x)
2. < t
x sin x = –s ...(2)
sin θ |c|
Let f(θ) = ; 0 < θ < π/2 t t | b || c |
θ so =1– ⇒ t=
θ cos θ − sin θ |b| |c| |b|+|c|
f ´(θ) = use it in line AD .
θ2
cos θ . (θ − tan θ) | b || c |  b c  b | c | +c | b |
= < 0 as tan θ > θ pt D : .  + =
θ2 | b | + | c |  | b | | c |  |b |+|c |
so f(θ) ↓ which divides BC in ratio of |c| : |b|
so f(x) < f(sinx) as sin x < x similary use eq. of external angle bisector line AE
6.5  b c 
3. (i) 6C4 = = 15 ⇒ r = p  − 
2 
|b | | c |
(ii) coeff. of x4 in (1 – x)–6 solve it with BC to find pt. E.
9.8.7.6
= 4 + 6 – 1C6 – 1 = 9C5 = = 126 5. Consider
4.3.2
eix(1 + eix)n = eix [1 + nC1eix + nC2ei2x + .... + nCneinx]
(iii) select 3 different flavours : 6C3 ways  n+2 
choose (at least one from each) 4 cones :
i x x
4–1
e 2 
. 2cosn = eix + n
C1ei2x + n
C2ei3x +...
C3 – 1 = 3C2 = 3 ways 2
6.5.4 ....+ nCnei(n+ 1)x
so required ways = 6C3 × 3 = × 3 = 60 Compare real parts & get (a)
3.2
Compare imaginary. parts & get (b)
(iv) Select 2 different flavours : 6C2 ways
choose (at least one from each) 4 cones ; 6. Let Ei = the event that originator will not receive a
4–1
C2 – 1 = 3C1 = 3 letter in the ith stage.
so required ways (either 2 or 3 different flavours) Originator sands letters to two persons so in 1st stage
6.5 he will not get letter.
= 60 + 6C2 3 = 60 + × 3 = 105 Prob. that letter sent by 1st received is not received
2
n−2
4. Let A at origin & P.V. of B & C are C (n − 2)(n − 3) n − 3
by originator is n −1 2 = =
b & c. C1 (n − 1)(n − 2) n −1
 b c  similarly prob. that letter sent by 2nd receipiant is not
So line AD ⇒ r = t  +  n−3
|b| |c| received by originator is
n −1
& line BC ⇒ r = b + ∆ ( b – c ) so P(E2) = prob. that originator not received letter in
solve them together to find pt. D 2
 n−3
 b c  2nd stage is =   .
t  +  = b + s ( b – c )  n −1 
|b| |c|

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 41 MARCH 2012

 similarly P(E3) = prob. that originator not receive 1 1 1 π/ 2

letter sent by the four person getting letters from two 7

– + –
5 3 0 ∫
sin 2θ sec θdθ
recipients is
29 181
 n −3  n −3  n −3  n −3  n − 3  n −3
 . . . =  = 
4 22 =
105
+ 2(cos θ) 0π / 2 – 0 dθ = –∫105
 n −1   n −1   n −1   n −1   n −1   n −1 
8 23 9. 9x2 – 24xy + 16y2 – 18x – 101y + 19 = 0
 n −3  n −3
Similarly, P(E4) =   =   (3x – 4y)2 = 18x + 101y – 19.
 n −1   n −1  Let the vertex of the parabola be A(α, β). Shift origin
2k –1
 n − 3 to A and y-axis along the tangent at vertex (3x – 4y + l).
Similarly, P(Ek) =   So the axis of parabola be 4x + 3y + m = 0 (along x
 n −1 
axis) If L.R. of parabola be a then it’s equation is
So the required prob. is
P(E) = prob. the originator not receive letter in 1st k
stages
= P(E1) . P(E2) . ........ P(Ek)
2+ 22 + 23 +....2k −1
 n−3
=  
 n −1 
2k −1 −1
2. ( 2k − 2 )
 n−3 2−1  n −3  3x − 4 y + l 
2
 4x + 3 y + m 
=   =    = a 
 n −1   n −1   5   5 
x x
∫ ∫
2 2
7. y = f(x) = e zx− z dz = e zx .e − z dz (3x – 4y + l)2 – 5a(4x + 3y + m) = 0
0 0
9x2 – 24xy + 16y2 + (6l – 20a)x + (–8l – 15a)y
x 1 x
+ (l2 – 5am) = 0
∫ ∫
2 2
y´ = e zx .e − z dz + 1 = – e zx (−2 ze − z ) dz + 1
0 2 0 comp. it with given equation.
1  z 2 zx x x  1 6l – 20a = –18
∫
2
=– (e .e ) 0 − xe − z .e zx dz  + 1 = xy + 1
2  0  2 ⇒ 24l – 80a = –72 ...(1)
dy 1 –8l –15a = –101
– xy = 1 ⇒ –24l – 45a = –303 ...(2)
dx 2
From (1) & (2)
I.F. = e ∫
− x / 2 dx 2
= e−x / 4 ⇒ 125a = –375 ⇒ a=3
x
10. circle : (x – 1)2 + (y – 1)2 = 1
∫ ∫
2 2 2
Sol is y . e − x /4
= e− x /4
dx = e−z /4
dz
0 ⇒ x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y + 1 = 0
x
∫
2 2
y = ex /4
e−z /4
dz.
0
8. ∫ sin n θ sec θ dθ = ∫ sin (n –1 + 1) θ sec θ dθ (0,1)B
= ∫ sin (n – 1)θ + cos (n – 1)θ sin θ sec θ ) dθ E
= ∫ sin (n – 1)θ + [ sin (n – 1)θ cos θ
D
– sin (n – 2)θ sec θ ] dθ
A(1,0)
= ∫ (2 sin (n – 1)θ – sin (n – 2)θ sec θ ) dθ
2 cos(n − 1)θ
=– – ∫ sin (n – 2)θ secθ dθ
n −1 Let the line be y = mx
1 π 2 sin 8θ − sin 2θ 1
Altitude of ∆ =
=
2 0∫ cos θ
dθ
1 + m2
1  2
π/2 π2 For DE length : solve line with circle.

=  − cos 7θ 
2  7 0
−
0
sin 6θ sec θdθ ∫ x2 + m2x2 – 2x – 2mx + 1 = 0
(1 + m2)x2 – 2(1 + m)x + 1 = 0
π2  |x1 – x2| = ( x1 + x 2 ) 2 − 4 x1 x 2
− ∫ 0
sin 2θ sec θdθ

4(1 + m) 2 1 2
1 2 2 2 π/2 = −4 = 2m
− − (cos 3θ) 0π / 2 −
2  7 5 3 ∫ 0
sin 2θ sec θdθ (1 + m ) 2 2
1+ m 2
1 + m2


2m
π2
|DE| = x12 + 1 |x1 – x2| = 2
− ∫
0
sin 2θ sec θdθ
 1 + m2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 42 MARCH 2012

 Students' Forum Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
MATHS
1. Given a point P on the circumference of the circle 2. Find the point inside a triangle from which the sum
|z| = 1, and vertices A1, A2, ......, An of an inscribed of the squares of distance to the three side is
regular polygon of n sides. Prove using complex minimum. Find also the minimum value of the sum
numbers that of squares of distance.
(PA1)2 + (PA2)2 + ......... + (PAn)2 is a constant. Sol. If a, b, c are the lengths of the sides of the ∆ and x, y,
Sol. Without loss of generality we can take P as z are length of perpendicular from the points on the
1 + 0i. sides BC, CA and AB respectively, we have to
i.e., P ≡ C is 0 minimise : ∆ = x2 + y2 + z2
1 1 1
A2 we have, ax + by + cz = ∆
A3 2 2 2
θ2 A1 ⇒ ax + by + cz = 2∆
θ1 A
P
θn z y
An
x
B C
Let Ar ≡ C is θr, r = 1, 2, ......, n.
where ∆ is the area of ∆ABC.
PAr = |Cis θr – Cis 0| = |(cosθr – 1) + i(sinθr)|
We have the identity :
PAr2 = (cos θr – 1)2 + (sinθr)2
⇒ (x2 + y2 + z2) (a2 + b2 + c2) – (ax + by + cz)2
= 2 – 2cos θr
= (ax – by)2 + (by – cz)2 + (cz – ax)2
n n
⇒ ∑r =1
( PAr ) 2 = 2n – 2 ∑ cos θ
r =1
r
⇒ (x2 + y2 + z2)(a2 + b2 + c2) ≥ (ax + by + cz)2
⇒ (x2 + y2 + z2) (a2 + b2 + c2 ≥ 4∆2
n  n  4∆2
⇒ x2 + y2 + z2 ≥ 2
Now, ∑ cos θ
r =1
r ∑
= Re  Cisθ r 
 r =1 
a + b2 + c2
Equality holds only when
= Re [e iθ1 + e iθ 2 + ....... + e iθ n ] x y z ax + by + cz 2∆
= = = 2 2 2
= 2
  n  a b c a +b +c a + b2 + c2
 e iθ1 1 −  e i n   
2π
∴ The minimum value of ∆ is ;
     
     4∆2 4( s − a)( s − b)( s − c) s
 =
= Re  2π  2
a +b +c2 2
a2 + b2 + c2
 i 
 1− e n 
  3. Let a1, a2, ......, an be real constant, x be a real variable
  1 1
2π and f (x) = cos(a1 + x) + cos(a2 + x) + cos(a3 + x)
Q θ2 – θ1 = θ3 – θ2 = ..... = θn – θn–1 = 2 4
n 1
+...... + n −1 cos(an + x). Given that f (x1) = f (x2) = 0,
 iθ1  2
e (1 − 1) 
= Re  2π 
=0 prove that (x2 – x1) = mπ for integer m.
i Sol. f (x) may be written as,
 1 − e n 
n
1
∑2
n
Hence, ∑ ( PA )
r =1
r
2
= 2n = constant.
f (x) =
k =1
k −1
cos(ak + x)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 43 MARCH 2012

 n
1 2
= ∑2
k =1
k −1
{cosak. cos x – sin ak . sin x} (7 – 2x) +
r
(x – y) = 0
⇒ Given family of line passes through fixed point
 n cos ak   n sin a k  (7/2, 7/2)..
= cos x . 

 k =1 2
∑
k −1
 – sin x 


 ∑
 k =1 2
k −1



equation of line in normal form x cos α + y sin α = p
7 7
n passes through  , 
cos a k
= A cos x – B sin x, where A = ∑
k =1 2 k −1
and 2 2
2d
⇒ cos α + sin α =
n 7
sin ak
B= ∑2 k =1
k −1 but – 2 ≤ cos α + sin α ≤ 2
2d 7
since f (x1) = f (x2) = 0 ≤ 2 ⇒ |d| ≤
7 2
⇒ A cos x1 – B sin x1 = 0
and A cos x2 – B sin x2 = 0
6. There are n straight lines in a plane such that n1 of
A them are parallel in one direction, n2 are parallel in
⇒ tan x1 =
B different direction and so on, nk are parallel in
A another direction such that n1 + n2 + ... + nk = n. Also
⇒ tan x2 = no three of the given lines meet at a point. Prove that
B
⇒ tan x1 = tan x2 the total number of points of intersection is
1 2 
k
⇒ (x2 – x1) = mπ
n –
2  r =1
∑
nr2 

4. If (a, b, c) is a point on the plane 3x + 2y + z = 7, then Sol. If no two of n given lines are parallel and no three of
find the least value of a2 + b2 + c2, using vector them meet at a point, then the total number of points
methods. of intersection is nC2. But it is given that there are k
→ sets of n1, n2, n3, ... , nk parallel lines such that no line
Sol. Let A = a iˆ + b ĵ + c k̂ in one set is parallel to a line in any other set. Also,
lines of one set do not intersect with each other.
→
⇒ B = 3 iˆ + 2 ĵ + k̂ Therefore, lines of one set do not provide any point
of intersection. Hence,
→ → → → Total number of points of intersection
⇒ (A . B) 2 ≤ | A |2 | B |2
= nC2 – ( n1
C 2 + n2 C 2 + ... + nk C 2 )
3 a + 2b + c ≤ a2 + b2 + c2 14 n(n – 1)  n1 (n1 – 1) n2 (n2 – 1) n (n – 1) 
= –  + + ... + k k 
2  2 2 2 
(7)2 ≤ (a2 + b2 + c2) (14)
n(n – 1) 1
= – {(n12 + n22 + ... + nk2) – (n1 + n2 + ... + nk)}
{Q 3a + 2b + c = 7, point lies on the plane} 2 2
49 7 n(n – 1) 1
a2 + b2 + c2 ≥ = = – {(n12 + n22 + ... + nk2) – n}
14 2 2 2
n2 1
= – (n12 + n22 + ... + nk2)
5. If parameters p, r, q are in H.P. and d be the length of 2 2
perpendicular from origin to any member of family
1  2 
k
of lines xr(p + q – 2pq) – 2pq(y – 5r) – 3pqr = 0 then
7
= n –
2  ∑r =1
nr2 

show that |d| ≤ .
2
Sol. Given family of line is
xr(p + q – 2pq) – 2pq(y – 5r) – 3pqr = 0
dividing by pqr, we get
1 1  y 
x  + − 2 – 2  − 5 – 3 = 0
 q p  r 
2  y 
x  − 2 – 2  − 5 – 3 = 0
 r   r 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 44 MARCH 2012

 MATHS DEFINITE INTEGRALS &
AREA UNDER CURVES
Mathematics Fundamentals

Properties 1 : Every continuous function defined on [a, b] is

integrable over [a, b].
If ∫ f ( x) dx = F(x), then Every monotonic function defined on [a, b] is
b integrable over [a, b]
∫ a
f ( x) dx = F(b) – F(a), b ≥ a If f(x) is a continuous function defined on [a, b], then
there exists c ∈ (a, b)such that
Where F(x) is one of the antiderivatives of the
b
function f(x), i.e. F´(x) = f(x) (a ≤ x ≤ b).
Remark : When evaluating integrals with the help of
∫ a
f ( x) dx = f(c) . (b – a)

the above formula, the students should keep in mind 1 b

the condition for its legitimate use. This formula is The number f(c) =
(b − a) a
f ( x) dx is called the ∫
used to compute the definite integral of a function
mean value of the function f(x) on the interval [a, b].
continuous on the interval [a, b] only when the
equality F´(x) = f(x) is fulfilled in the whole interval If f is continous on [a, b], then the integral function g
[a, b], where F(x) is antiderivative of the function x

f(x). In particular, the antiderivative must be a

defined by g(x) = ∫a
f (t ) dt for x ∈ [a, b] is derivable
function continuous on the whole interval [a, b]. A on [a, b] and g´(x) = f(x) for all x ∈ [a, b].
discontinuous function used as an antiderivative will
If m and M are the smallest and greatest values of a
lead to wrong result.
function f(x) on an interval [a, b], then
x
If F(x) = ∫ a
f (t ) dt, t ≥ a, then F´(x) = f(x)
m(b – a) ≤ ∫
b

a
f ( x) dx ≤ M(b – a)
Properties of Definite Integrals :
If the function φ(x) and ψ(x) are defined on [a, b] and
b
If f(x) ≥ 0 on the interval [a, b], then ∫ a
f ( x) dx ≥ 0 differentiable at a point x ∈ (a, b) and f(t) is
continuous for φ(a) ≤ t ≤ ψ(b), then
b b
d  ψ( x) 
∫ a
f ( x) dx = ∫a
f (t ) dt 
dx  ∫
φ( x )
f (t ) dt  = f(ψ(x)) ψ´(x) – f(φ(x)) φ´(x)

a b
∫ ∫
b b
f ( x) dx = – f ( x) dx
b a ∫ a
f ( x) dx ≤ ∫ | f ( x) | dx
a
b c b
∫ ∫ ∫
2 2
f ( x) dx = f ( x) dx + f ( x) dx, a < c < b If f (x) and g (x) are integrable on [a, b], then
a a c
1/ 2 1/ 2
b  b   b 
∫
a
f ( x) dx = ∫
a
f (a − x) dx ∫ a
f ( x) g ( x) dx ≤ 
 ∫ a
f 2 ( x) dx 


 ∫ a
g 2 ( x) dx 

0 0

b b
Change of variables : If the function f(x) is
or ∫a
f ( x ) dx = ∫ a
f (a + b − x) dx continuous on [a, b] and the function x = φ(t) is
continuously differentiable on the interval [t1, t2] and
 b a = φ(t1), b = φ(t2), then
∫
a 2
f ( x) dx =  ∫ f ( x ) dx if f(–x) = f(x)
b t2
∫ ∫
a
−a
 0 if f(–x) = – f ( x ) f ( x) dx = f (φ(t )) φ´(t) dt
a t1

 b Let a function f(x, α) be continuous for a ≤ x ≤ b and

∫0
2a 2
f ( x) dx =  ∫ a
f ( x ) dx if f(2a – x) = f(x)
c ≤ α ≤ d. Then for any α ∈ [c, d], if
 0 if f(2a – x) = – f ( x ) b b
I(α) = ∫a
f ( x, α) dx, then I´(α) = ∫ a
f ´(x, α) dx,

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 45 MARCH 2012

 Where I´(α) is the derivative of I(α) w.r.t. α and  n −1 n − 3 n − 5 2
f ´(x, α) is the derivative of f(x, α) w.r.t. α, kepping x  n . n − 2 . n − 4 ..... 3 ( when n is odd )
constant. In = 
n −1 n − 3 n − 5 1 π
 . . ..... . ( when n is even)
Integrals with Infinite Limits :  n n−2 n−4 2 2
If a function f(x) is continuous for a ≤ x < ∞, then by π/ 2
definition If In = ∫ 0
cos n x dx , then
∞ b
∫a
f ( x) dx = lim
b→∞ a ∫ f ( x) dx ....(i)  n −1 n − 3 n − 5 2
 n . n − 2 . n − 4 ..... 3 ( when n is odd )
Im = 
If there exists a finite limit on the right hand side of n −1 n − 3 n − 5 1 π
 . . ..... . ( when n is even)
(i), then the improper integrals is said to be  n n−2 n−4 2 2
convergent; otherwise it is divergent. Leibnitz's Rule :
Geometrically, the improper integral (i) for f(x) > 0, If f(x) is continuous and u(x), v(x) are differentiable
is the area of the figure bounded by the graph of the functions in the interval [a, b], then
function y = f(x), the straight line x = a and the x-axis.
d v( x) d d
Similarly,
b b
dx ∫ u ( x)
f (t ) dt = f{v(x)}
dx
v(x) – f{u(x)
dx
u(x)

∫−∞
f ( x) dx = lim
a →−∞ a ∫ f ( x) dx and Summation of Series by Integration :
n −1
r 1 1

∫−∞
∞
f ( x) dx = ∫−∞
a
f ( x) dx + ∫a
∞
f ( x) dx lim
n →∞
∑ f  n  . n = ∫
r =0
0
f ( x) dx

properties : Some Important Results :

a 1 a  1  1 
∫ x f ( x) dx = a ∫ x f ( x) if f(a – x) = f(x) n −1 sin α + (n − 1)β sin  nβ 
 2  2 
2
∑
0 0
sin(α + rβ) =
a f ( x) a  1 
and ∫ 0 f ( x) + f (a − x)
dx =
2
r =0 sin  β 
2 
π/2 π/2  1  1 
∫ log sin x dx = ∫ log cos x dx n −1 cosα + (n − 1)β sin  nβ 
 2  2 
∑
0 0
cos(α + rβ) =
π π 1 1 
=– log 2 = log
r =0 sin  β 
2 2 2 2 

1 1 1 1 π2
Γ(n + 1) = n Γ (n), Γ(1) = 1, Γ   = π – + – .... =
2 12 22 32 12
If m and n are non-negative integers, then 1 1 1 π2
2
+ 2
+ 2
+ .... =
 m +1  n +1 1 2 3 6
Γ  Γ 
π/ 2 2   2  Area under Curves :
∫ sin m x cos n x dx = 
0 m+n+2 Area bounded by the curve y = f(x), the x-axis and the
2Γ  ordinates x = a, x = b
 2 
b b
Reduction Formulae of some Define Integrals :
∞
= ∫
a
y dx = ∫a
f ( x) dx
a
∫0
e −ax cos bx dx =
a + b2 2 Y
y = f (x)
∞ b
∫0
e −ax sin bx dx =
a2 + b2 y x=b
∞ n!
∫0
e −ax xndx =
a n +1
O δx X
π/2
If In = ∫
0
sin n x dx , then Area bounded by the curve x = f(y), the y-axis and the
abscissae y = a, y = b

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 46 MARCH 2012

 b b
= ∫ a
x dy = ∫ a
f ( y ) dy Black Holes-The Most Efficient
Y
Engines in the Universe
y=b
The scientists have just found the most energy-
x efficient engines in the universe. Black holes,
δy x = f (y) whirling super dense centres of galaxies that suck in
nearly everything. Jets of energy spurting out of older
y=a ultra-efficient black holes also seem to be playing a
O crucial role as zoning police in large galaxies
X
preventing to many stars from sprouting. This
The area of the region bounded by y1 = f1(x), y2 = f2(x)
explains why there are fewer burgeoning galaxies
and the ordinates x = a and x = b is given by
chock full of stars than previously expected.
b b
= ∫ a
f 2 ( x) dx – ∫ a
f1 ( x) dx For the first time, the scientists have measured both
the mas of hot gas that is being sucked into nine older
Y black holes and the unseen super speedy jets of high
energy particles split out, which essentially form a
A B cosmic engine. Then they determined a rate of how
efficient these older black hole engines are and were
x=b
x=a

awe-struck. These black holes are 25 times more

efficient than anything man has built, with nuclear
O X power being the most efficient of man-made efforts,
said the research's lead author, Professor Steve Allen
where f2(x) is y2 of the upper curve and f1(x) is y1 of
the lower curve, i.e. the required area of Stanford University.
b b The galaxies in which these black holes live are
= ∫ a
[ f 2 ( x) − f1 ( x)] dx = ∫ (y
a
2 − y1 ) dx
bigger than the Milky way, which is the Earth's
f(x) ≤ 0 for all x in a ≤ x ≤ b, then area bounded by galaxy and are 50 million to 400 million light-years
x-axis, the curve y = f(x) and the ordinates x = a, x = b away.
is given by
b
=– ∫ a
f ( x) dx

Y
D C X
O

B
A
If f(x) ≥ 0 for a ≤ x ≤ c and f(x) ≤ 0 for c ≤ x ≤ b, then
area bounded by y = f(x), x-axis and the ordinates Black holes are the most fuel-efficient engines in
x = a, x = b is given by the universe.
c b c b
= ∫ a
f ( x) dx + ∫ c
− f ( x) dx = ∫ a
f ( x) dx – ∫
c
f ( x ) dx The results were surprising because the types of black
holes studied were older, less powerful and generally
considered boring, scientists said. But they ended up
A being more efficient than originally thought, possibly
x=a

f (x)≥0 as efficient as their younger, brighter and more potent

C N black hole siblings called quasars. One way the
O M
x=b

f (x)≤0 scientists measured the efficiency of black holes was

by looking at the jets of high energy spewed out.
B

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 47 MARCH 2012

 MATHS
PROBABILITY
Mathematics Fundamentals

Some Definitions : Probability :

Experiment : A operation which can produce some In a random experiment, let S be the sample space
well defined outcomes is known as an experiment. and E ⊆ S, then E is an event.
Random experiment : If in each trail of an The probability of occurrence of event E is defined as
experiment conducted under identical conditions, the
number of distinct elements in E n(E)
outcome is not unique, then such an experiment is P(E) = =
called a random experiment. number of distinct element in S n(S)
Sample space : The set of all possible outcomes in an number of outocomes favourable to occurrence of E
experiment is called a sample space. For example, in a =
number of all possible outcomes
throw of dice, the sample space is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
Each element of a sample space is called a sample Notations :
point. Let A and B be two events, then
Event : A ∪ B or A + B stands for the occurrence of at
An event is a subset of a sample space. least one of A and B.
Simple event : An event containing only a single A ∩ B or AB stands for the simultaneous
sample point is called an elementary or simple event. occurrence of A and B.
Events other than elementary are called composite or A´ ∩ B´ stands for the non-occurrence of both A
compound or mixed events. and B.
For example, in a single toss of coin, the event of A ⊆ B stands for "the occurrence of A implies
getting a head is a simple event. occurrence of B".
Here S = {H, T} and E = {H} Random variable :
In a simultaneous toss of two coins, the event of A random variable is a real valued function whose
getting at least one head is a compound event. domain is the sample space of a random experiment.
Here S = {HH, HT, TH, TT} and E = {HH, HT, TH} Bay’s rule :
Equally likely events : The given events are said to Let (Hj) be mutually exclusive events such that
be equally likely, if none of them is expected to occur n
in preference to the other.
Mutually exclusive events : If two or more events
P(Hj) > 0 for j = 1, 2, ..... n and S = U H j . Let A
j =1
have no point in common, the events are said to be be an events with P(A) > 0, then for j = 1, 2, .... , n
mutually exclusive. Thus E1 and E2 are mutually
 Hj  P( H j ) P(A / H j )
exclusive in E1 ∩ E2 = φ. P   =
 n
The events which are not mutually exclusive are  A  ∑ P(H k ) P( A / H k )
known as compatible events. k =1

Exhaustive events : A set of events is said to be Binomial Distribution :

totally exhaustive (simply exhaustive), if no event out If the probability of happening of an event in a single
side this set occurs and at least one of these event trial of an experiment be p, then the probability of
must happen as a result of an experiment. happening of that event r times in n trials will be
n
Independent and dependent events : If there are Cr pr (1 – p)n – r.
events in which the occurrence of one does not Some important results :
depend upon the occurrence of the other, such events
Number of cases favourable to event A
are known as independent events. On the other hand, (A) P(A) =
if occurrence of one depend upon other, such events Total number of cases
are known as dependent events. n(A)
=
n(S)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 48 MARCH 2012

 Number of cases not favourable to event A (i) Probability of happening none of them
P(A) =
Total number of cases = (1 – p1) (1 – p2) ........ (1 – pn)
n(A) (ii) Probability of happening at least one of them
=
n(S) = 1 – (1 – p1) (1 – p2) ....... (1 – pn)
(B) Odd in favour and odds against an event : As a (iii) Probability of happening of first event and not
result of an experiment if “a” of the outcomes are happening of the remaining
favourable to an event E and b of the outcomes are = p1(1 – p2) (1 – p3) ....... (1 – pn)
against it, then we say that odds are a to b in favour
If A and B are any two events, then
of E or odds are b to a against E.
Thus odds in favour of an event E B
P(A ∩ B) = P(A) . P   or
Number of favourable cases a A
= =
Number of unfavourable cases b B
P(AB) = P(A) . P  
Similarly, odds against an event E A
Number of unfavourable cases b
= = B
Number of favorable cases a Where P   is known as conditional probability
A
Note : means probability of B when A has occurred.
If odds in favour of an event are a : b, then the
Difference between mutually exclusiveness and
probability of the occurrence of that event is
independence : Mutually exclusiveness is used
a when the events are taken from the same
and the probability of non-occurrence of
a+b experiment and independence is used when the
b a events are taken from the same experiments.
that event is .
a +b a+b (E) P(A A ) = 0
If odds against an event are a : b, then the
P(AB) + P( AB ) = 1
probability of the occurrence of that event is
b P( A B) = P(B) – P(AB)
and the probability of non-occurrence of
a+b P(A B ) = P(A) – P(AB)
a
that event is . P(A + B) = P(A B ) + P( A B) + P(AB)
a+b
Some important remark about coins, dice and playing
(C) P(A) + P( A ) = 1 cards :
0 ≤ P(A) ≤ 1 Coins : A coin has a head side and a tail side. If
P(φ) = 0 an experiment consists of more than a coin, then
P(S) = 1 coins are considered to be distinct if not otherwise
stated.
If S = {A1, A2, ..... An}, then
Dice : A die (cubical) has six faces marked 1, 2,
P(A1) + P(A2) + .... + P(An) = 1
3, 4, 5, 6. We may have tetrahedral (having four
If the probability of happening of an event in one faces 1, 2, 3, 4,) or pentagonal (having five faces
trial be p, then the probability of successive 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) die. As in the case of coins, If we
happening of that event in r trials is pr. have more than one die, then all dice are
(D) If A and B are mutually exclusive events, then considered to be distinct if not otherwise stated.
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) or Playing cards : A pack of playing cards usually
P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B) has 52 cards. There are 4 suits (Spade, Heart,
If A and B are any two events, then Diamond and Club) each having 13 cards. There
are two colours red (Heart and Diamond) and
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A ∩ B) or black (Spade and Club) each having 26 cards.
P(A + B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(AB)
In thirteen cards of each suit, there are 3 face cards or
If A and B are two independent events, then coart card namely king, queen and jack. So there are
P(A ∩ B) = P(A) . P(B) or in all 12 face cards (4 kings, 4 queens and 4 jacks).
P(AB) = P(A) . P(B) Also there are 16 honour cards, 4 of each suit namely
ace, king, queen and jack.
If the probabilities of happening of n independent
events be p1, p2, ...... , pn respectively, then

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 49 MARCH 2012

 MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE
PAPER - I
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 240
Instructions :
• This question paper contains 69 questions in Chemistry (23), Mathematics (23) & Physics (23).
• In section -I (7 Ques. SCQ Type) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong
answer.
• In section -II (4 Ques. MCQ Type) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer no negative marking
for wrong answer.
• In section -III contains 2 groups of questions [Pass. 1 (2 Ques.) + Pass. 2 (3 Ques.) = 5 Ques.] of each paper +3
marks will be given for each correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.
• In section -IV contain (7 Ques. of Numerical Response with single-digit Ans.) of each paper +4 marks will be
given for correct answer & No Negative marking for wrong answer.

OH OH
CHEMISTRY (C) (D)

SECTION – I 3. Assign double bond configurations to the following–

Straight Objective Type COOH
C
Questions 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each NC CH2OH
C=C
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of NH2–CH2 CN
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
OMR sheet against the question number of that (A) E (B) Z (C) E.E. (D) Z, Z
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. 4. Product (P) in the following reaction is -
1. Arrange the following compounds according to O
decreasing order of combustion - ⊕
H / H2O
CH3 (P)

CH3
OH CH2–OH

II
I CH3 (A) (B)
CH3 OH
CH3 HO CH3
OH
OH
CH3
III IV
(C) (D)
(A) II > IV > I > III (B) I > IV > III > II O
(C) I > II > III > IV (D) IV > I > III > II OH CH3
CH3 CH3
O ⊕ 5. V1 mL of NaOH of normality X and V2 mL of
2. H major tautomer (enol Ba(OH)2 of normality Y are mixed together. the
mixture is completely neutralised by 100 mL of 0.1
form) among the following is - 1 X
N HCl. If V1 / V2 = and = 4, what fraction of
OH OH 4 Y
(A) (B) the acid is neutralized by Ba(OH)2 :
(A) 0.5 (B) 0.25 (C) 0.33 (D) 0.67

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 50 MARCH 2012

6. Equal moles of CO, B2H6, H2 and CH4 are placed in 11. Which of the following metals become passive when
a container. If a hole was made in container, after 5 dropped into conc. HNO3 ?
minute partial pressure of gases in container would (A) Cu (B) Fe (C) Cr (D) Al
be :
(at wt. of C, O, B and H are 12, 16, 11 and 1
respectively) SECTION – III
(A) PCO > PB2 H 6 > PH 2 > PCH 4 Comprehension Type

(B) PCO = PB2 H 6 > PCH 4 > PH 2 This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 2
multiple choice questions (No. 12 & 13) and passage- II
(C) PCO > PB2 H 6 = PH 2 > PCH 4 has 3 multiple (No. 14 to 16). Each question has 4
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
(D) PB2 H 6 > PH 2 > PCH 4 > PCO is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
the question number of that question. +3 marks will be
given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each
7. The dipole moment of HBr is 2.6 × 10–30 c–m and
wrong answer.
the interatomic spacing is 1.41Å. The percentage of
ionic character in HBr is : Paragraph # 1 (Ques. 12 to 13)
(A) 10.5 (B) 11.5 (C) 12.5 (D) 13.5 De-Broglie proposed dual nature for electron by
h
putting his famous equation λ = . Later on
SECTION – II mu
Multiple Correct Answers Type Heisenburg proposed uncertainty principle as ∆p.∆x ³
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each h  h 
h =  . On the contrary particle nature of
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of 2  2π 
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark electron was established on the basis of photoelectric
your response in OMR sheet against the question effect. When a photon strikes the metal surface,, it
number of that question. + 4 marks will be given for gives up its energy to the electron. Part of this energy
each correct answer and no negative marks. (say W) is used by the electrons of escape from the
O metal and the remaining imparts the kinetic energy
(½ mu2) to the photoelectron. The potential applied
on the surface to reduce the velocity of photoelectron
8. The compound C H may be named as -
2 5 to zero is known as stopping potential.
CH3
(A) 3– ethyl, 2-methyl oxirane 12. With what velocity must an electron travel so that its
(B) 1, 2 – epoxy – 2 – methyl butane momentum is equal to that of photon of wavelength
(C) 1, 2 – oxa pentane of λ = 5200 Å :
(D) 2 – methyl –1, 2– butoxide (A) 800 m s–1 (B) 1400 m s–1
(C) 400 m s–1 (D) 200 m s–1
9. In which of the following reactions 3º alcohol will
be obtained as a product -
⊕ 13. The wavelength of helium atom whose speed is equal
H
(A) MgBr + HCOCl → to its rms speed at 27ºC :
(A) 7.29 × 10–11 m (B) 4.28 × 10–10 m
(excess) –11
(C) 5.31 × 10 m (D) 6.28 × 10–11 m
O
⊕
H Paragraph # 2 (Ques. 14 to 16)
(B) Ph–Mg–Br + CH3—C—Cl → →
(excess) From following sets of compounds give answer of
⊕

(C) CH3–Mg–Br + (CH3 CO2)O → →

H following question
O O O O
(excess) O O
⊕ Set – A
H
(D) CH3–Mg – Br + Cl–C–OC2H5 → →
O O
(excess) I II III IV
O
10. Which of the following species has same number of
unpaired electron ? Set – B
(A) Cr3+ (B) Mn 2+ (C) Fe3+ (D) Cu2+ I II III IV

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 51 MARCH 2012

 O O O O CH3

O CH3 Ge
Set – C
O (vii) D C CH3 (viii)
I II Ph H
C2H5 CH3
O O 14
O 18. In the following reaction double bond equivalent of
D is –
OH OH
O
III IV
dil.HNO3 (1) Sn / HCl
14. Correct statement regarding set A - A + B (2)NaNO / HCl C (mild-basic) D
2
(A) I is stronger acid than III More Less condition
volatile volatile
(B) II is stronger acid then I
(C) III & IV are equal acidic strength
(D) IV is weaker acidic then I 19. How many groups are o/p director in electrophilic
aromatic substitution reaction –
15. Correct statement regarding set B - (i) — NH2 (ii) — CHO
(A) I & II compound show both resonance and (iii) — COOH (iv) —OMe
hyperconjugation (v) —O—C—Me (iv) — Et
(B) III compound show five hyperconjugation O
structure (vii) —C—NH—Me (viii) – SO3H
(C) IV is more stable than II
(D) II is more stable than I O
(ix) —N = O (x) —N = NH
16. Correct statement regarding set C -
(A) II is stronger acid than I 20. How many compound which is given below is
(B) I is stronger acid than IV isomer of D-glucose.
(C) II and III are equal acidic D-Mannose, D – Fructose, D-Idose,
(D) In IV acid anion is not stablises by resonance D-Galactose, D-Arabinose, D-Ribose
21. What is oxidation state of sulphur in Caro's acid?

SECTION – IV 22. How many π-bonds are present in Marhall's acid?

Numerical Response Type
23. How many P —O—P bonds are present in P4O8 ?
This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23). +4 marks
will be awarded for each correct answer and no
negative marking for wrong answer. The answer to
each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to
MATHEMATICS
be darkened in the OMR.
SECTION – I
17. How many of the following compound contain chiral Straight Objective Type
atom. Questions 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each
CH3 CH question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
3

(i) ⊕
N (ii) ⊕ which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
N
H T Ph C2H5 OMR sheet against the question number of that
D CH2 =CH–CH2 question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct
O answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
CH3O H
(iii) (iv) CH3 S CH3
x 1 1
1. Let f (x) = sin πx 2 x 2 1 , f (x) be an odd function
H x3 3x 4 1
O
Si and its odd value is equal to g(x), then
(v) P (vi) f (1) g(1) is -
H D H (A) –1 (B) – 4 (C) – 5 (D) 1
T CH3
D

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 52 MARCH 2012

 sin 3α (C) f (x) is an increasing function in the interval
2. < 0 if α lies in – ∞ < x ≤ 0 and decreasing in the interval
cos 2α
(A) (13π/48, 14π/48) 0≤x<∞
(D) f (x) is a decreasing function in the interval
(B) (14π/48, 18π/48)
(C) (18π/48, 23π/48) – ∞ < x ≤ 0 and increasing in the interval
(D) any of these intervals 0≤x<∞

3. If x1, x2, x3, x4 are roots of the equation 11. If u = a 2 cos 2 θ + b 2 sin 2 θ +
x4 – x3 sin 2β + x2 cos 2β – x cos β – sin β = 0, then
4 a 2 sin 2 θ + b 2 cos 2 θ , then
∑ tan
i =1
−1
xi is equal to (A) max. u2 = a2 + b2
(A) π – β (B) π – 2β (B) max. u2 = 2 a 2 + b 2
(C) π/2 – β (D) π/2 – 2β (C) min. u2 = 2(a + b)2
(D) min u2 = (a + b)2
4. Lim− [1 + (cos x)cos x]2 is equal to
π
x→
2 SECTION – III
(A) Does not exist (B) 1 Comprehension Type
(C) e (D) 4 This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 3
multiple choice questions (No. 12 to 14) and passage- II
5. If f (x) = logx (ln (x)), then f '(x) at x = e is has 2 multiple (No. 15 & 16). Each question has 4
(A) 0 (B) 1 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
(C) e (D) 1/e is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
the question number of that question. +3 marks will be
6. If the function f (x) = |x2 + a |x| + b| has exactly three given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each
points of non-differentiability, then which of the wrong answer.
following may hold
(A) b = 0, a < 0 (B) b < 0, a ∈ R Passage # 1 (Ques. 12 to 14)
(C) b > 0, a ∈ R (D) b < 0, a ∈ R–
f (x) = sin {cot–1 (x + 1)} – cos (tan–1 x)
7. The inequality log2(x) < sin–1 (sin(5)) holds if x ∈
a = cos tan–1 sin cot–1 x
(A) (0, 25–2π) (B) (25–2π, ∞)
2π–5 b = cos (2 cos–1 x + sin–1 x)
(C) (2 , ∞) (D) (0, 22π–5)
SECTION – II 12. The value of x for which f (x) = 0 is -
Multiple Correct Answers Type (A) – 1/2 (B) 0
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each (C) 1/2 (D) 1
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark 13. If f (x) = 0, then a2 is equal to -
your response in OMR sheet against the question (A) 1/2 (B) 2/3
number of that question. + 4 marks will be given for (C) 5/9 (D) 9/5
each correct answer and no negative marks.
8. 2 tan–1(–3) is equal to 14. If a2 = 26/51, then b2 is equal to -
(A) – cos–1(–4/5) (B) – π + cos–1 (4/5) (A) 1/25 (B) 24/25
(C) – π/2 + tan–1(–4/3) (D) cot–1 (4/3) (C) 25/26 (D) 50/51
9. Let [x] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal Passage # 2 (Ques. 15 & 16)
to x. If f (x) = [x sin πx], then f (x) is v( x) dy
(A) continuous at x = 0
(B) continuous in (–1, 0)
If y = ∫ u ( x)
f (t ) dt, let us define
dx
in different

(C) differentiable at x = 1 dy
(D) differentiable at (–1, 1) manner = v'(x) f (v(x)) – u'(x) f (u(x)) and the
dx
 x2  equation of tangent at (a, b) is.
10. Let f be the function f (x) = cos x – 1 −  , then
 2   dy 
(y – b ) =   (x – a )
(A) f (x) is an increasing function in (0, π/2)  dx ( a ,b )
(B) f (x) is a decreasing function in (–∞, ∞)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 53 MARCH 2012

 x2 → → → → → → →
15. If y = ∫ x
t 2 dt , then equation of the tangent at 23. If | a | = 3, | b | = 4, | c | = 5 and a ⊥ ( b + c ), b ⊥
→ → → → → → → →
x = 1 is - ( c + a ), c ⊥ ( a + b ), then | a + b + c | is……
(A) y = x + 1 (B) x + y = 1
(C) y = x – 1 (D) y = x
16 If f (x) = ∫
x
et
2
/2
(1 – t2)dt, then
d
f (x), PHYSICS
1 dx
at x = 1 is - SECTION – I
(A) 0 (B) 1 Straight Objective Type
(C) 2 (D) – 1
Questions 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
SECTION – IV which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
Numerical Response Type OMR sheet against the question number of that
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct
This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23). +4 marks answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
will be awarded for each correct answer and no
negative marking for wrong answer. The answer to 1. A block of mass 'm1' attached to the free end of a spring
each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 of force constant 'k' is mounted on a smooth horizontal
to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is surface as shown in figure. The block execute S.H.M.
to be darkened in the OMR. with amplitude A and frequency 'f '. If an object of
mass 'm2' is put on it, when the block was passing
17. The number of elements in the range of through mean position and both move together, then the
new amplitude of oscillation is -
2 
f (x) = [x] + [2x] +  x  + [3x] + [4x] + [5x]
3  m2
for 0 ≤ x < 3 is m + 21. Then the value of m is -
m1
h smooth
  1  1 
(h + 1)  h +   h + 2  (A) A
m1
(B) A
m2
2
 2  2 
18. Lim h − h  S
= e , then m2 (m1 + m 2 )
h →∞ ..................... h + 1 
  
  2 h −1  m1
(C) A (D) A
find the value of S. (m1 + m 2 )

19. The number of polynomials of the form 2. Two smooth, identical billiard balls A and B collide
x3 + ax2 + bx + c which are divisible by x2 + 1, where with B at rest and A in motion as shown. If speed of
a, b, c ∈ {1, 2, 3, ….. 10} must be 2k. Value of k will A is 'v' before collision and coefficient of restitution
be. for the collision is 'e', the speed of B after collision
will be-
d2y
20. If ey + xy = e, then at x = 0 is e–λ, then v A
dx 2
numerical quantity λ should be equal to………. B θ

21. If a circle S (x, y) = 0 touches at the point (2, 3) of the

line x + y = 5 and S (1, 2) = 0, then
(A) v cos θ (B) ev cosθ
( 2 × Radius) of such circle is. (1 − e) v cos θ (1 + e) v cos θ
(C) (D)
x2 y 2 2 2
22. A line through P(λ, 3) meets the ellipse + =1
16 9 3. The moment of inertia of a flat annular ring is having
at A and D meets the x-axis and y-axis at B and C mass M, inner radius 'a' and outer radius 'b' about the
respectively, so that PA.PD = PB.PC, then | λ | is perpendicular axis through the centre is-
greater than or equal to …… (A) M (b2 – a2) (B) M/2 (b2 – a2)
2 2
(C) M/2 (b + a ) (D) M/2 (b – a)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 54 MARCH 2012

4. A solid sphere of mass 2 kg is pulled by a constant
force acting at its centre on a rough surface having
co-efficient of friction 0.5. The maximum value of F
so that the sphere rolls without slipping is-
F
9. A metallic conductor of irregular cross section is as
shown in figure A constant potential difference is
applied across the ends (A) and (B). Then-
A B
P Q

(A) 70 N (B) 25 N
(C) 40 N (D) 35 N (A) Electric current at cross section P is equal to that
5. A tunnel is dug across the diameter of Earth. A ball of cross section Q
is released from the surface of Earth into the tunnel. (B) Electric field intensity at P is less than that at Q
The velocity of ball when it is at a distance R/2 from (C) The number of electrons crossing per unit area
centre of Earth is (where R = radius of earth and M = per unit time at cross section P is less than that at
mass of Earth) Q
3GM 2GM (D) The rate of heat generating per unit time at Q is
(A) (B) greater than that of P
4R 3R
GM 2GM 10. The horizontal distance x and the vertical height y of
(C) (D)
2R R a projectile at time t are given by
x = at and y = bt2 + ct, where a, b and c are constant.
6. The work done to break a spherical drop of radius R in Then-
n drops of equal size is proportional to- (A) the speed of the projectile 1 second after it is
1 1 fired is (a2 + b2 + c2)1/2
(A) 2 / 3 − 1 (B) 1/ 3 − 1
n n (B) the angle with the horizontal at which the
(C) n1/3 –1 (D) n4/3 – 1 c
projectile is fired is tan–1  
a 
7. A rod of length L kept on a smooth horizontal
(C) the acceleration due to gravity is –2b
surface is pulled along its length by a force F. The
area of cross-section is A and Young's modulus is Y. (D) the initial speed of the projectile is
The extension in the rod is- (a2 + c2)1/2
F
11. A block having mass m and charge q is connected by
FL 2FL FL spring of force constant k. The block lies on a
(A) (B) (C) (D) zero
AY AY 2AY frictionless horizontal track and a uniform electric
field E acts on system as shown. The block is
SECTION – II released from rest when spring is unstretched (at x =
Multiple Correct Answers Type 0). Then-
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of E
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. Mark
your response in OMR sheet against the question q,m
number of that question. + 4 marks will be given for
each correct answer and no negative marks. 2qE
(A) maximum elongation in the spring is
k
8. Under the action of a force, 2 kg body moves such
that its position x as a function of time is given by x qE
(B) at equilibrium position, elongation in the spring is
t3 k
= , x is in meter and t in second-
3 qE
(C) amplitude of oscillation of block is
(A) body is acted by constant force k
(B) body is acted by a force which is proportional to 2qE
time (D) amplitude of oscillation of block is
k
(C) body is acted by a force which is proportional to
square of time
(D) work done by the force in first 2 second is 16 J

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 55 MARCH 2012

 SECTION – III 17. Two simple pendulum have lengths l and 25l. At
Comprehension Type t = 0 they are in same phase, after how many
This section contains 2 paragraphs; passage- I has 3 oscillations of smaller pendulum will they be again
multiple choice questions (No. 12 & 14) and passage- II in phase for first time ?
has 2 multiple (No. 15 to 16). Each question has 4 18. In the resonance tube experiment, the first and
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE second states of resonance are observed at
is correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against 20 cm and 66 cm. Find the value of end correction
the question number of that question. +3 marks will be (in cm).
given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each
wrong answer. 19. The variation of pressure versus volume is shown in
Passage # 1 (Ques. 12 & 14) the figure. The gas is diatomic and the molar
specific heat capacity for the process is found to be
Consider a circuit shown in figure, then
xR. Find the value of x.
23µF 7µF
P
A 1µF B
12µF 5µF

10µF 1µF
V
12V
20. Three identical rods are joined at point O as shown in
12. Equivalent capacitance of the circuit between A and the figure. In the steady state, find the ratio of
B is- thermal current through rod AO and OC.
(A) 10 µF (B) 7.5 µF C
20ºC
(C) 5 µF (D) 14 µF
100ºC
13. Charge stored by 5 µF capacitor is-
(A) 20 µC (B) 70 µC A O
(C) 10 µC (D) zero
0ºC
14. Energy stored by 10 µF capacitor is- 21. A rod of length 20 cm is placed along the optical axis
(A) 20 µJ (B) 40 µC of a concave mirror of focal length 30 cm. One end
(C) 400 µJ (D) 245 µF of the rod is at the centre of curvature and other end
lies between F and C. Calculate the linear
magnification of the rod.
Passage # 2 (Ques. 15 & 16)
22. Figure shows a parabolic reflector in x-y plane given
Potential energy of particle is given by
by y2 = 8x. A ray of light traveling along the line y =
U = 5 + (x – 1)2. Particle have kinetic energy at x =
a is incident on the reflector. Find where the ray
2m is 10 J. Then
intersects the x-axis after reflection.
15. Total mechanical energy is- y-axis y2 =8x
(A) 16 J (B) 26 J (C) 6 J (D) 5 J line y = a
P(0,a)
incident ray
16. Minimum potential energy is- x-axis
(A) 5 J (B) 10 J (C) 6 J (D) 9 J

SECTION – IV 23. A hydrogen like atom (atomic number Z) is in a

Numerical Response Type
This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23). +4 marks
will be awarded for each correct answer and no
negative marking for wrong answer. The answer to
each question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0
to 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is
to be darkened in the OMR.
higher excited state of quantum number n. This
excited atom can make a transition to the first excited
state by successively emitting two photons of
energies 10.20 eV and 17.00 eV respectively.
Alternatively, the atom from the same excited state
can make a transition to the second excited state by
successively emitting two photons of energies 4.25
eV and 5.95 eV respectively. Determine the value of Z.
(Ionisation energy of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV).

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 56 MARCH 2012

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 57 MARCH 2012
 MOCK TEST FOR IIT-JEE
PAPER - II
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 240
Instructions :
• This question paper contains 60 questions in Chemistry (20,) Mathematics (20) & Physics (20).
• In section -I (8 Ques. SCQ Type) of each paper +3 marks will be given for correct answer & –1 mark for wrong answer.
• In section -II (4 Ques. MCQ Type) of each paper +4 marks will be given for correct answer no negative marking
for wrong answer.
• In section -III (2 Ques. Column Matching Type) of each paper +8(2×4) marks will be given for correct answer.
No Negative marking for wrong answer.
• In section -IV contain (6 Ques. of Numerical Response with single-digit Ans.) of each paper +4 marks will be
given for correct answer & No Negative marking for wrong answer.

4. The two compounds given below are :

CHEMISTRY D Cl
SECTION – I H Br I H
Straight Objective Type H Cl D H
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each I Br
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (A) Identical
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in (B) Diastereomers
OMR sheet against the question number of that (C) Optically inactive
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct
(D) enantiomers
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
1. In the enolisation of the given molecule the,
5. The metals present in insulin, haemoglobin and
H-atom involved is :
vitamin B12 are respectively :
O
(A) Zn, Hg, Cr (B) Co, Fe, Zn
Ha
(C) Mg, Fe, Co (D) Zn, Fe, Co

Hb 6.
Ha
H
Hcc (A) Fused with Na2CO3 (B) (H2SO4 + H2O) (C)
Evaporisation
Green solid Yellow Orange
(A) Ha (B) Hb (C) Hc (D) Hd
solution
(CH3COO)2Pb
2. The no. of position isomers for
CH3—CH—CH2—C≡CH are (give answer (D) Yellow
CH3 Here, A, B, C and D are respectively :
including this structure) : A B C D
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 0 (D) 3 (A) FeSO4 FeCO3 Fe(OH)3 PbCO3
(B) Cr2O3 Na2CrO4Na2Cr2O7 PbCrO4
3. Rank the following alkyl halides in order of (C) FeCl2 FeSO4 PbSO4 Fe(OH)3
increasing SN2 reactivity: (D) FeSO4 FeCl3 Fe(OH)3 PbCl2
Br Br
Br 7. The negative charge on As2S3 sol is due to absorption
of :
I II III (A) H¯ (B) OH¯
(A) I < III < II (B) III < I < II (C) O2– (D) S2–
(C) II < I < III (D) I < II < III

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 58 MARCH 2012

8. pH of a mixture of 1M benzoic acid (pKa = 4.20) and SECTION – III
1M sodium benzoate is 4.5 In 300 mL buffer, benzoic Matrix Match Type
acid is (log 2 = 0.3) :
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has
(A) 200 mL (B) 150 mL
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I and
(C) 100 mL (D) 50 mL five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. Any
given statement in Column–I can have correct
SECTION – II matching with One or More statement(s) given in
Multiple Correct Answers Type Column II. For example, if for a given question,
Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each statement B matches with the statements given in Q
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of and R, then for the particular question, against
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be correct. statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each
number of that question. +4 marks will be given for each correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) and
correct answer and no negative marks for wrong answer. no negative marking for each wrong answer.
13. Match the column:
9. Which of the following pair have same IUPAC
naming : Column -I Column-II
Br
COOCH3 COOH (A) Electro chamical cell (P) ∆G = +ve
st
(A) (B) I law of faraday (Q) ∆G = –ve
&
Br (C) Electrolytic cell (R) w = z . i . t.
COOH OCOCH3
(D) lead acid storage cell (S) salt bridge
I Br
Br F Cl (T) rechargable cell
(B)
&
I Cl I I
F 14. Match the column:
` Column -I Column-II
(C)
& (A) lithium (P) violet
(B) Barium (Q) Brick red
F (C) calcium (R) Apple green
H2N (D) magnesium (S) Crimson red
(D) F OH
& OH (T) No flame colour
H2N Cl Cl
10. Benzene can be nitration by :
(A) NO2 BF4 (B) NO2ClO4 SECTION – IV
(C) conc. HNO3 + H2SO4 (D) Cl2 / AlCl3 Numerical Response Type
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The
11. In which of the following salt bridge is not needed : answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer,
(A) Pb(s) |PbSO4(s)| H2SO4|PbO2(s)|Pb (s) ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the
(B) Zn(s)|ZnSO4|CuSO4|Cu(s) correct answer is to be darkened in the OMR. +4
(C) Cd(s)|CdO(s)|KOH(aq)|NiO2(s)|Ni(s) marks will be given for each correct answer and no
negative marking for each wrong answer.
(D) Fe(s) | FeO(s)|KOH(aq)|Ni2O3(s) |Ni(s)
15. How many acidic group is present in given
12. Which of the following is (are) true :
compound :
(A) H2S + H2O H3O+ + HS¯ ; ⊕
NH3—CH—CH2—CH2—COOH
Kc acidity constant of H2S
(B) AgCl + 2NH3 Ag(NH3)2Cl; COO
Θ
Kc is stability constant for Ag(NH3)2Cl
16. How many isomers of ‘X’ C8H10 when reacts with
(C) H2O H+ + OH¯ ; hot KMnO4 give only aromatic dicarboxylic acid ?
Kc is equilibrium constant for dissociation of water How many isomers of 'Y' C4H8 when reacts with hot
(D) RNH2 + H2O RNH 3+ + OH¯; alkaline KMnO4 give carbondioxide sum of X + Y = ?
KC is basicity constant for RNH2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 59 MARCH 2012

 CH3 3. If f (θ) = cos2 θ + sin4 θ. Then minimum value of f (θ) is -
C2H5OH (A) 1/4 (B) 3/4 (C) 1 (D) 1/2
17. CH3—CH–CH—CH3 ‘X’ (SN1 + E1)
Consider all products
Br
2 2 − (cos x + sin x) 3
4. Let f (x) = , then Lim f (x) is
products 1 − sin(2 x) π
x→
Find total no. of products (including stereoisomer). 4
equal to
1 3
18. ‘X ’ is total number of hofmann (A) (B) 2 (C) 1 (D)
N 2 2
exhaustive methylation to remove nitrogen from
given compound  x 2 e 2( x −1) ; x ≤1
Alc.KOH
5. Let f (x) =  2
‘Y’ is total number of possible a cos(2 x − 2) + bx ; x >1
Br ∆
f (x) will be differentiable at x = 1, if
product (including stereoisomers) sum of X+ Y = ?
(A) a = – 1, b = 2 (B) a = 1, b = – 2
19. If the density of Fe2O3 and Al are 5.2 g/mL and 2.7 g (C) a = 1, b = 2 (D) None of these
/ mL respectively. Calculate the fuel value in kcal
mL–1 of mixture according to thermite reaction - 6 The angle between the tangents at any point P and
(If ∆Hf Al2O3 = – 399 Kcal / mol the line joining P to origin O, where P is a point on
& ∆HfFe2O3 = – 199 Kcal / mol) the curve ln (x2 + y2) = c tan–1 y/x, c is a constant, is
(A) constant (B) varies as tan–1 (x)
dx (C) varies as tan–1 (y) (D) None of these
20. For a reaction = K[H+]n. If the pH of reaction
dt
medium changes from two to one, the rate becomes 7. Let f (x) = 2x3 + ax2 + bx – 3cos2x is an increasing
100 times of the value of at pH = 2. What is the order function for all x ∈ R, then
of reaction -
(A) a2 – 6b – 18 > 0 (B) a2 – 6b + 18 < 0
(C) a2 – 3b – 6 < 0 (D) a > 0, b > 0

MATHEMATICS 8. The function y = f(x) is represented parametrically by

x = t5 – 5t3 – 20t + 7 and y = 4t3 – 3t2 – 18t + 3,
SECTION – I (–2 < t < 2). The minimum of y = f(x) occurs at
Straight Objective Type (A) t = – 1 (B) t = 0
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each (C) t = 1/2 (D) t = 3/2
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
OMR sheet against the question number of that SECTION – II
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct Multiple Correct Answers Type
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each
1. In a triangle, if the sum of two sides is x and their question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
product is y such that (x + z) (x – z) = y, where z is which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be correct.
the third side of the triangle, then the triangle is Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question
(A) equilateral (B) right angled number of that question. +4 marks will be given for
each correct answer and no negative marks for wrong
(C) obtuse angled (D) none of these answer.
r1 r2 r3 9. If in a triangle ABC, θ is the angle determined by cos
2. In a triangle ABC, + + is equal to -
bc ca ab θ = (a – b)/c, then
1 1 (a + b) sin θ A− B
(A) − (B) 2R – r (A) = cos
2R r 2 ab 2
1 1 (a + b) sin θ A+ B
(C) r – 2R (D) − (B) = cos
r 2R 2 ab 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 60 MARCH 2012

 c sin θ A− B 13. Match the column :
(C) = cos
2 ab 2 Column –I Column-II
c sin θ A+ B  sin 2 x (P) continuous

(A) f (x) =  x , x ≠ 0
(D) = cos
2 ab 2
 0, x=0

10. Which of the following function are defined for all x  x 3 − 2 x, x<0 (Q) Discontinuous
(B) f (x) =  2
(A) sin[x] + cos [x] ([x] denotes greatest integer ≤ x)  x − 2 sin( x), x≥0
(B) sec–1 (1 + sin2 x) (R) Differentiable
4 − x 2 , x<0
(C) tan (log x) (C) f (x) =  2
5− x , x≥0
9
(D) + cos x + cos 2 x 3 − 2 x , x <1 (S)Non- differentiable
8 (D) f (x) =  (T) continuous &
 7 − 6 x, x ≥1
differentiable
11. If x + |y| = 2y, then y as a function of x is
(A) defined for all real x 14. Match the column
(B) continuous at x = 0 Column –I Column-II
(C) differentiable for all x (A) If x2 + y2 = 1, then minimum (P) – 3
(D) such that dy/dx = 1/3 for x < 0 value of x + y is
(B) If maximum value of (Q) − 2
12. Two villages A and B are on the same side of a 1
y = acos(x) – cos (3x)
straight river. A pump set is to be installed by the 3
river side at a point P. Then if the villages are
π
situated at a distance c, then occurs, when x = , then
6
(where a =distance of village A from river side,
value of 'a' is
b = distance of village B from river side,
(C) If f (x) = x – 2sin(x), 0 ≤ x ≤ (R) 3
c = distance between villages.)
2π is increasing in interval
(A) minimum value of PA + PB is c 2 + 2ab (aπ, bπ) then, (a + b) is
(D) If equation of tangent to the (S) 2
(B) minimum value of PA + PB is c 2 + 4ab curve y = – e–x/2, where it (T) 1
crosses the y-axis is
(C) minimum value of PA + PB is c 2 + ab x/p + y/q = 1, then p – q is
(D) The required location must lie on the imaginary
line joining village A and image of village B in SECTION – IV
the river. Numerical Response Type
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The
SECTION – III answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer,
Matrix Match Type ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the
correct answer is to be darkened in the OMR. +4
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has marks will be given for each correct answer and no
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I and negative marking for each wrong answer.
five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. Any
given statement in Column–I can have correct 15. An urn containing '14' green and '6' pink ball.
matching with One or More statement(s) given in K (< 14, 6) balls are drawn and laid a side, their
Column II. For example, if for a given question, colour being ignored. Then one more ball is drawn.
statement B matches with the statements given in Q Let P(E) be the probability that it is a green ball, then
and R, then for the particular question, against 10 P(E) = ..............
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q
16. Two lines zi – z i + 2 = 0 and z(1+i) + z (1–i) + 2 = 0
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each
intersect at a point P. Find the sum of minimum and
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) and
maximum modulus of complex number of a point on
no negative marking for each wrong answer.
second line which is at a distance of 2 units from
point P.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 61 MARCH 2012

 3 − 2 3  2. 5 gm of water of 30ºC and 5 gm of ice at –20ºC are
 
17. If A = 2 1 −1 . Solve the system of equations
mixed together in a calorimeter. Then temperature of
the mixture will be (water equivalent of calorimeter is
4 − 3 2  negligible, specific heat of ice is 0.5 cal/gmºC and
latent heat of ice is 80 cal/gm)
3 0 3  x  8 2 y 
2 1 0  y  = 1 +  z  , then find the value of (A) 10ºC (B) 5ºC (C) zero (D) 25ºC
       
4 0 2  z  4 3 y  3. Six resistors each of 5Ω are connected as shown in
y z figure. Reading of ideal ammeter is-
x+ +
2 3

18. If the planes x – cy – bz = 0, cx – y + az = 0 and 20V

bx + ay – z = 0 pass through a straight line, then find A
the value of a2 + b2 + c2 + 2abc. (A) 4A (B) 2A (C) 8A (D) 6A

19. If the solution of differential equation 4. A particle is moving in parabolic path y = x2 with
2
d y dy constant speed 'u'. Then acceleration of the particle
x2 2 + 2x = 12y is y = Axm + Bx–n then find the
dx dx when it crosses origin, is-
value of m + n, if m & n ∈ N. (A) u2 (B) 2u2
u2
1 (C) zero (D)
20. If f(x) = x + ∫ 0
(xy2 + x2y) f (y) dy, then 2

Ax 2 + Bx A+ B 5. The arc AB with centre C and infinitely long wire

f(x) = ⇒ then the value of is - have linear charge density λ, are kept in the same
119 260 plane as shown. The minimum amount of work to be
done to move a point charge q0 from point A to B
through a circular path AB radius r is equal to-
+ B
PHYSICS +
λ +
SECTION – I +
Straight Objective Type + 2r C A
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each + r
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of +
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
q 02 3 q 0λ 3
OMR sheet against the question number of that (A) log e   (B) log e  
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct 2π ∈0 2 2π ∈0 2
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. q 0λ q 0λ
2
(C) log e   (D)
1. A wooden plank of length 0.8 m and uniform cross- 2π ∈0 3 2 π ∈0
section is hinged at one end to the bottom of a tank as
shown in figure. The tank is filled with water upto a
6. A circular ring of radius R with uniform positive
height of 0.4 m. The specific gravity of the plank is
charge density λ per unit length is located in the y-z
0.5. Find the angle θ that the plank makes with the
plane with its centre at the origin O. A particle of
horizontal in the equilibrium position-
charge –q0 is released from x = 3 R on x-axis at t =
0 then kinetic energy of particle when it passes
through origin, is-
h λq 0 q 0λ
θ (A) (B)
2 ∈0 3 ∈0
π π π π
(A) (B) (C) (D) q 0λ q 0λ
3 6 4 5 (C) (D)
∈0 4 ∈0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 62 MARCH 2012

7. A long current carrying wire is bent as shown. The 11. Figure shows a square loop being pulled out with a
magnetic field at O is- constant speed out of region of uniform magnetic
field. The induced emf in the loop-
90º B
× × × ×
i O i
× × × l×
L L × l× × ×
v
2 2µ 0 i µ0i 2µ 0 i × × × ×
(A) zero (B) (C) (D) l
πL πL πL × × × l×
(A) first increases, then decreases
8. In a given series RLC circuit, average power
(B) first decreases, then increases
dissipated in the circuit is-
(C) has a maximum value Bv l 2
50Ω 500mH 100µC
(D) has a maximum value 2Bvl

12. The current a certain circuit varies with time as

~
 π shown. The peak value of current is i0. If iv and im
V = 200 sin 100 t +  represent the virtual (rms) and mean value of current
 4 for a complete cycle respectively. Then-
(A) 200 W (B) 800 W i
(C) 400 W (D) 100 W i0

O T/2 T
SECTION – II t
Multiple Correct Answers Type
Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each 2i 0 i0
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (A) im = (B) im =
π 2
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be correct.
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question i0 i0
(C) irms = (D) irms =
number of that question. +4 marks will be given for 3 2
each correct answer and no negative marks for wrong
answer. SECTION – III
9. Missile is fired for maximum range at your town Matrix Match Type
from a place in the enemy country at a distance 'x' This section contains 2 questions. Each question has
from your town. The missile is first detected at its four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I and
half-way point. Then- five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. Any
(A) the velocity with which the missile was projected given statement in Column–I can have correct
matching with One or More statement(s) given in
is gx Column II. For example, if for a given question,
x statement B matches with the statements given in Q
(B) you have a warning time of and R, then for the particular question, against
2g statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each
gx correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) and
(C) the speed of the missile when it was detected is
2 no negative marking for each wrong answer.
x 13. Consider the circuit showing in figure. There are
(D) the maximum height attained by the missile is
4 three switches S1, S2, S3. Match the columns.
C
10. A particle A of mass 'm' and charge Q moves directly S1
3r
towards a fixed particle B, which has charge Q. The r
speed of A is 'v' when it is far away from B. The S3
minimum separation between the particles is S2
proportional to- 2r
(A) Q2 (B) 1/v2
(C) 1/v (D) 1/m
V

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 63 MARCH 2012

 Column -I Column-II 17. Two blocks A and B are connected by a massless
(A) If S2 and S3 are opened and S1 is (P) CV/4 string as shown in figure. Friction coefficient of the
closed then in steady state, inclined plane is 0.5. The mass of block A is 5 kg. If
charge on the capacitor is minimum and maximum values of mass of the block
(B) If switch S2 only is closed then (Q) 2CV/5 B for which the block A remains in equilibrium are
maximum charge on the m1 and m2 then find the value of (m2 – m1) in kg.
capacitor is M=5kg
(C) If switch S3 only is closed then (R) CV/3
maximum charge on the A B
capacitor is
37º
(D) If all the switches are closed then (S) CV
maximum charge on the
capacitor is- 18. A split lens has two parts separated by 4 cm and focal
(T) zero length is f. An object is placed at a distance 3f/2
14. A particle is projected from ground with velocity 40 from C as shown in figure. The distance the images
m/s at an angle θ = 60º with vertical. Match the formed by the two halves (in cm) is.
quantities given in Column I to the results in Column II
(g = 10 m/s2)
O
C 4 cm
Column -I Column-II
(A) Time to flight (P) 40 m f
(Q) 80 meter 3f/2
(B) Range
when θ = 0º
(C) Maximum height (R) 80 3 meter 19. A solid cylinder is rolling without slipping on a plank
which also moving with speed 10 m/s on a horizontal
(D) Maximum possible height (S) 4 second
surface as shown. The speed of centre of cylinder is
(T) 17 second 20 m/s. The mass of cylinder is 2 kg. The kinetic
energy of the cylinder when observed from ground is
SECTION – IV 90 nJ. Then find value of n.
Numerical Response Type
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The 20 m/s
answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer,
ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the 10 m/s
correct answer is to be darkened in the OMR. +4
marks will be given for each correct answer and no
negative marking for each wrong answer. 20. The ratio of respective acceleration due to gravity at
15. In a space, equipotential surfaces are shown below. the surface of two planets having masses in the ratio
80V 60V 'x' and density in the ratio 'y' is (xy2)1/n then find value
40V 20V
of n.

30º 30º 30º 30º

10cm 10cm
10cm
then electric field in the space is n × 102 N/C. Find
Cartoon Law of Physics
value of n.
Any body passing through solid matter will leave a
16. Two electric bulbs of power rating (200 V, 40 W) and perforation conforming to its perimeter.
(200 V, 50 W) are connected in series with the main
Also called the silhouette of passage, this
supply as shown in figure. The voltage (V0) of the
main supply, so that 40 W bulb glows with full phenomenon is the specialty of victims of directed-
intensity is 60 n volt. Find value of n. pressure explosions and of reckless cowards who are
40 W 50 W so eager to escape that they exit directly through the
wall of a house, leaving a cookie-cutout-perfect hole.
The threat of skunks or matrimony often catalyzes
this reaction.
~
V0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 64 MARCH 2012

 Time : 3 Hours
MOCK TEST - AIEEE Total Marks : 360

Instructions :
• There are three parts in question paper A, B, C consisting of chemistry, Physics & Mathematics having
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question is allotted four marks for each correct response.
• 1/4 (one fourth) marks will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction from the
total score will be made if no response is indicated for an item in the answer sheet.

7. A drug that is antipyretic as well as analgesic is-

CHEMISTRY (Part-A) (1) Chloroquin
(2) Penicillin
1. Consider the following statements : (3) Paracetamol
I. Atomic hydrogen is obtained by passing hydrogen (4) Chloropromazine hydrochloride
through an electric arc.
II. Hydrogen gas will not reduce heated aluminium 8. Which of the following can possibly be used as
oxide analgesic without causing addiction and
modifications ?
III. Finely divided palladium adsorbs large volume
(1) Morphine
of hydrogen gas
(2) N-Acetyl-para-aminophenol
IV. Pure nascent hydrogen is best obtained by
(3) Diazepam
reacting Na with C2H5OH
(4) Tetrahydrocatenol
Which of the above statements is/are correct ?
(1) I alone (2) II alone 9. Na2HPO4 is used to test -
(3) I, II and III (4) II, III and IV (1) Ca+2 (2) Ba+2
2. When ethanal reacts with CH3MgBr and C2H5OH/dry (3) Ni+2 (4) Mg+2
HCl, the product formed are -
10. 1 mole of N2 & 3 mole of H2 filled in one litre bulb
(1) ethyl alcohol and 2-Propanol were allowed to reaction when the reaction attained
(2) ethane and hemi-acetal equilibrium, two third of N2 converted to NH3. If a
(3) 2-propanol and acetal hole is then made in the bulb, the mole ratio of the
(4) propane and ethyl acetate gases N2, H2 & NH3 effusing out initially would be
respectively -
3. How many moles of CH3I will react with one mole of (1) 1 : 3 : 4 (2) 28 : 2 : 17
the ethylamine to form a quarternary salt ?
(1) 2 (2) 3 (3) 4 (4) 5 1 1 1 1 3 4
(3) : : (4) : :
28 2 17 28 2 17
4. 26.8 g of Na2SO4⋅nH2O contains 12.6 g of water .
The value of ‘n’ s
11. Which of the following is not a state function -
(1) 1 (2) 10 (3) 6 (4) 7
(1) q + w (2) Q/T
5. The concentration of oxalic acid is‘x’ mol litre–1 40 (3) E + PV (4) Q/W
mL of this solution reacts with 16 mL of 0.05 M
acidified KMnO4. What is the pH of 'x' M oxalic acid 12. The relative rate of acid catalysed dehydration of
solution (Assume that oxalic acid dissociates following alcohols would be -
completely) CH3
(1) 1.3 (2) 1.699 (3) 0.05 (4) 2 {P} Ph – CH – CH – CH3
6. Which pair of species given below produce bakelite?
OH
(1) phenol, methanol
CH3
(2) phenol, NaOH
(3) phenol, urea {Q} Ph – CH – CH2 – CH2 – OH
(4) phenol, formaldehyde

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 65 MARCH 2012

 CH3 20. Which of the following contains minimum number of
lone pairs around Xe atom ?
{R} Ph – C – CH2 – CH3
(1) XeF4 (2) XeF6
OH
(3) XeOF2 (4) XeF2
CH3
{S} Ph – C – CH2 – OH 21. The two isomers X and Y with the formula
Cr(H2O)5CIBr2 were taken for experiment on
CH3
depression in freezing point. It was found that one
(1) R > P > Q > S (2) P > R > S > Q mole of X gave depression corresponding to 2 moles
(3) R > S > P > Q (4) R > S > Q > P of particles and one mole of Y gave depression due to
3 moles of particles. The structural formulae of X and
Y respectively are -
13. The ether O CH2 when treated with
(1) [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Br2; [Cr(H2O)4Br2]Cl⋅H2O
HI produces – (2) [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Br2; [Cr(H2O)3CIBr2] ⋅2 H2O
[I] CH2 I [II] CH2 – OH (3) [Cr(H2O)5Br]BrCl; [Cr(H2O)4CIBr] Br ⋅H2O
(4) [Cr(H2O)4Br2]Cl⋅H2O; [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Br2
[III] I [IV] OH
22 Rates of addition of Cl2/H2O of the following alkenes
(1) I and III (2) Only II are
(3) I and IV (4) Only III O
14. 40% of a mixture of 0.2 mole of N2 and 0.6 mole of H2C=CH2 H2C=CH–C–H
H2 react to give NH3 according to the equation, N2(g) (P) (Q)
+ 3H2 (g) 2NH3 (g) at constant temperature and CH3
pressure. Then the ratio of the final volume to the CH3–CH2–HC=CH2
initial volume of gases are : CH3–C=CH2
(R) (S)
(1) 4 : 5 (2) 5 : 4 (3) 7 : 10 (4) 8 : 5
(1) S > R > P > Q (2) S > P > Q > R
15. ∆Gº for the reaction, X + Y Z is – 4.606 kcal. The (3) P > Q > R > S (4) P > Q > S > R
equilibrium constant for the reaction at 227ºC is
(1) 100 (2) 10 (3) 2 (4) 0.01
(i) Na/ NH3(l) (i) O3
23. (A) Product
16. According to Bronsted Lowry concept, the correct (ii) C2H5OH (ii) H2O-Zn
order of strength of bases follows the order : Product will be -
(1) CH3COO– > OH– > Cl–
(1) CHO–CHO
(2) OH– > CH3COO– > Cl–
(3) CH3COO– > Cl– > OH– (2) CHO–CH2–CHO
(4) OH– > Cl– > CH3COO– O O
(3) CH3–C–C–CH3
17. The element having the highest ionization energy has
the outer shell configuration as - (4) CHO–CHO & CHO–CH2–CHO
(1) ns2 np3 (2) ns2 np6
(3) ns 2
(4) ns2 np5 24. In the reaction
18. Which of the following processes is exothermic ? Br
(i) X mole NaNH2
(1) EA of N (2) IE of O– CH3–CH–CH2–Br CH3–C≡C–C2H5
(ii) C2H5Br
(3) EA of Cl (4) IE of Cl The value of [X] is
19. Which of the following is not correct ? (1) One (2) Two (3) Three (4) Four
(1) XeO3 has pyramidal shape
(2) The hybrid state of Xe in XeF4 is sp3 d2 25. Relate the following compounds -
(3) In calcium carbide, between carbon atoms one F F
F
sigma and two π-bonds are present F Br Cl
C C
(4) In silica(SiO2), one Si atom is attached with two C
C R Cl Br
oxygen atoms Cl R Br
R Cl S
Br

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 66 MARCH 2012

 (1) Identical (2) Enantiomer ∞
1
n

(3) Diastereomers (4) Meso 33. If Sλ = ∑λ

r =0
r
, then ∑ (λ − 1)S
λ =1
λ =

26. The correct order of acidic strength of following acid n(n − 1) n(n + 1)
(1) (2)
is - 2 2
COOH COOH COOH COOH n(n + 2)
(3) (4) none of these
OH HO OH CH3 2
k
  2π   2π  
(II) (III) OH cos  − sin  
(I)
(IV) 34. If   
7  7  = 1 0 , Then the least
0 1 
 sin  2π  cos 2π    
(1) II > I > III > IV (2) I > II > III > IV   7   
7
 
(3) II > I > IV > III (4) II > IV > I > III 
positive integral value of k is -
27. In the phenomenon of osmosis, the semipermeable (1) 6 (2) 7 (3) 3 (4) 4
membrane allows the passage of
(1) solute particles 35. The number of 2 digit numbers , which are of the
(2) solvent molecules only form xy with y < x are given by
(3) both solute and solvent (1) 45 (2) 55 (3) 17 (4) None
(4) none
36. Let A, B, C be three independent events such that
28. What is the contribution of the atom present at the 1 1 1
P(A) = , P(B) = , P(C) = . Then probability of
edge centre to the cubic unit cell ? 3 2 4
(1) 1/2 (2) 1/4 exactly two events occuring out of three events is -
(3) 1/8 (4) 1 (1) 1/2 (2) 1/3
(3) 1/4 (4) none of these
29. In the cell, Zn | Zn2+ | | Cu2+ | Cu, the negative
terminal is - 37. If a variable x takes values xi such that a ≤ xi ≤ b, for
(1) Cu (2) Cu2+ i = 1, 2, ---- n, then -
(3) Zn (4) Zn2+ (1) a ≤ Var (x) ≤ b (2) a2 ≤ Var (x) ≤ b2
a2
30. Assign double bond configuration of the following - (3) ≤ Var (x) (4) (b – a)2 ≥ Var (x)
4
COOH
CH2OH 38. A variable line has it's intercepts on the coordinate
NC e e'
axes e, e' where , are eccentricies of
H2N–H2C CN 2 2
(1) E, Z (2) Z, Z hyperbola and it's conjugate hyperbola then the line
always touches the circle x2 + y2 = r2, where r = ?
(3) E, E (4) Z, E
(1) 1 (2) 2
(3) 3 (4) cannot be decided

MATHEMATICS (Part-B) 39. If it is possible to draw a line which belongs to all the
given family of lines y – 2x + 1 + λ1 (2y – x – 1) = 0, 3y
– x– 6 + λ2 (y – 3x + 6) = 0 and
31. f(x) = log x2
25 and g(x) = logx 5 then f(x) = g(x)
ax + y – 2 + λ3 (6x + ay – a) = 0 , then -
holds for x belonging to - (1) a = 4 (2) a = 3
(1) R (2) (0, 1)∪ (1, ∞) (3) a = – 2 (4) a = 2
(3) φ (4) none
40. If (α, 0) is an interior point of ∆ABC formed by the
32. The area enclosed by the parabola y2 = 4ax between lines x – y = 0, 4x + 3y – 12 = 0 and y + 2 = 0 then
the ordinates x = a and x = 9a is - integral values of α are
a2 a2 (1) 1 (2) 2
(1) 8a2 (2) 108 (3) 208 (4) a2
3 3 (3) 4 (4) 8

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 67 MARCH 2012

41. ABCD is a square of unit area. A circle is tangent to 48. If A = {1, 2, 3} and B = { 4, 5, 6} then which of the
two sides of ABCD and passes through exactly one of following sets are relation from A to B ?
its vertices. The radius of the circle is - (i) R1 = {(4, 2) (2, 6) (5, 1) (2, 4)}
(1) 2 – 2 (2) 2 –1 (ii) R2 = {(1, 4) (1, 5) (3, 6) (2, 6) (3, 4)}
1 1 (iii) R3 = {(1, 5) (2, 4) (3, 6)}
(3) (4) (iv) R4 = {(1, 4) (1, 5) (1, 6)}
2 2
(1) R1, R2, R3 (2) R1, R3, R4
42. If A, B, C, D are four points in space satisfying (3) R2, R3, R4 (4) R1, R2, R3, R4
AB . CD = k[| AD |2 + | BC |2 –| AC |2 –| BD |2] then 49. If the area of the triangle on the complex plane
the value of k is formed by the complex numbers z, ωz, z + ωz is
(1) 2 (2) 1/3 (3) 1/2 (4) 1
3
square units then |z + ωz| equals
r r r 100
43. Unit vectors a , b and c are coplanar. A unit vector
r
d is perpendicular to them . If (1) 5 (2) 1/5 (3) |z| (4) |ωz|
r r r r 1 1 1 50. f (x) = x 4ax − x 2 , (a > 0) then f (x) is -
(a × b ) × (c × d ) = iˆ − ˆj + kˆ
6 3 3 (1) Increasing in (0, 3a), decreasing in
r r r
and the angle between a and b is 30º, then c is - (– ∞, 0) ∪ (3a, ∞)
(2) Increasing in (a, 4a) decreasing in (5a, ∞)
(iˆ − 2 ˆj + 2kˆ) (2iˆ + ˆj − kˆ)
(1) (2) (3) Increasing in (0, 4a), decreasing in (– ∞, 0)
3 3
(4) None of these
ˆ
(−2iˆ − 2 ˆj + k ) (−iˆ + 2 ˆj − 2kˆ)
(3) (4)
3 3 51. Let f(x) be a twice differentiable function for all real
values of x & satisfies f (1) = 1, f (2) = 4, f (3) = 9.
44. If the shortest distance between the lines then which of the following is true -
x −1 y z x +1 y z −3 (1) f "(x) = 2 for ∀ x ∈ (1, 3)
L1 : = = and L2 : = = is
1 −1 2 2 2 λ (2) f "(x) = f ' (x) = 5 for some x ∈ (2, 3)
unity then λ is equal to - (3) f "(x) = 3 ∀ x ∈ (2, 3)
(1) – 20 ± 222 (2) – 20 ± 221 (4) f "(x) = 2 for some x ∈ (1, 3)

(3) – 20 ± 224 (4) none of these sin 2 x

52. ∫ cos 6
x
dx is a -
45. The direction ratios l, m, n of two lines are connected
(1) polynomial of degree 5 in sin x
by the relations l + m + n = 0 and lm = 0 then angle
between them is - (2) polynomial of degree 4 in tan x
(3) polynomial of degree 5 in tan x
π π
(1) (2) (4) polynomial of degree 5 in cos x
3 4
π 53. The real value of m for which the substitution,
(3) (4) 0
2 y = um will transform the differential equation,
51/ x ; x < 0 dy
46. Let f(x) =  ; λ ∈ R then at x = 0 2x4y + y2 = 4x6 into a homogeneous equation is -
λ[ x] ; x ≥ 0 dx
(1) m = 0 (2) m = 1
(1) f is discontinuous
(3) m = 3/2 (4) no value of m
(2) f is continuous only if λ = 0
(3) f is continuous whatever λ may be 54. The mirror image of the parabola y2 = 4x in the
(4) None tangent to the parabola at the point (1, 2) is -
(1) (x – 1)2 = 4(y + 1) (2) (x + 1)2 = 4(y + 1)
47. If R = {(x, y) : x, y ∈ Z} , x2 + y2 ≤ 4 is relation in Z, (3) (x + 1)2 = 4(y – 1) (4) (x – 1)2 = 4(y – 1)
then DR is -
(1) {–2, –1, 0, 1, 2} (2) {–2, – 1, 0}
(3) {0, 1, 2} (4) None of these

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 68 MARCH 2012

55. Let f(x) = minimum ({x + 1}, {x – 1}) ∀ x ∈ R,
4 PHYSICS (Part-C)
where{.} denotes the fractional part, then ∫
−5
f (x) d(x) =
1
(1) 9/2 (2) – (3) 9 (4) None
2 following four responses.
Statement based questions : (Q. No. 56 to 60)
Each of these questions contains two statements.
Statement-I and Statement-II. Each of these has four
alternatives choices. You have to select the correct
choice.
(1) If both statement-I and statement-II are true but
statement-II is not the correct explanation of
statement-I.
(2) If both statement-I and statement- II are true,
and statement-II is correct explanation of
Statement-I.
(3) If statement-I is true but statement-II is false.
(4) If statement-I is false but statement-II is true
56. Statement I : Let h(x) =xm/n for x ∈ R, where m & n
are odd No. & 0 < m < n then y = h (x) has no
Extreme.
Statement II : If h' (x) does not change sign in
neighborhood of x = a then x = a is not an Extreme pt.
57. Statement I : If a2 x4 + b2 y4 = c6 then maximum
c3
value of xy is .
2ab
Statement II : For any + ve f(x), AM ≥ GM
58. Let A and B are two independent events in a sample
space.
Statement I : If P(A) = 0.3, P(B) = 0.4, Then
P (A∩ B ) = 0.18.
Statement II : P(A∩ B ) = P(A) – P(A) P(B)
59. Statement I : If p and q two statements then contra
positive of conditional statement ~ ( p ∧ q) → q is
(∧ q →~ p ∧ ~ q ) .
Statement II : If ~ (p ∧ q) = ~ p∨ ~ q.
60. Let C1 be the circle with centre O1(0, 0) and radius 1
and C2 be the circle with centre O2 (t, t2 + 1),
t ∈ R and radius 2
Statement I : Circle C1 and C2 always have at least
one common tangent for any value of t.
Statement II : For the two circles O1O2 ≥ |r1 – r2|
where r1 and r2 are their radii for any value of t.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
These questions of two statements each, printed as
statement-1 & statement-2. While answering these
Questions you are required to choose any one of the
(1) If both statement-1 and statement-2 are true but
statement-2 is not a correct explanation of the
statement-1.
(2) If both statement-1 & statement-2 are true & the
statement-2 is a correct explanation of the
statement-1.
(3) If statement-1 is true and statement-2 is false.
(4) If statement-1 is false and statement-2 is true.
61. Statement–1 : Average energy in the interference
pattern is the same as it would be if there were no
interference.
Statement–2 : Interference is the only rare
phenomenon in which law of conservation of energy
does not hold good.
62. A light ray is incident upon a prism in minimum
deviation position and suffers a deviation of 34º. If the
shaded half of the prism is knocked of, the ray will –
(1) suffer a deviation of 34º
(2) suffer a deviation of 68º
(3) suffer a deviation of 17º
(4) not come out of the prism
63. A father (60 kg) and his daughter (20 kg) are both at
rest on a frictionless ice pond. The father lifts a 1 kg
ball and throws it to his daughter with horizontal
speed 5 ms–1 ; the daughter catches it. The speeds of
father and daughter are (in ms–1) is
(1) 1/12, 5/21 (2) 5/59, 1/4
(3) 5/61, 1/4 (4) 5/59, 5/21
64. A large sheet carries uniform surface charge density
σ. A rod of length 2l has a linear charge density λ on
one half and −λ on the other half. The rod is hinged
at mid-point O and makes angle θ with the normal to
the sheet. The torque experienced by the rod is -
+λ
θ
O
+σ –λ
69 MARCH 2012
 σλl 2 σλl Passage : (Q. No. 70 to 72)
(1) cos θ (2) cos2θ
2ε 0 ε0
Bulb 2
σλl 2 σλl
(3) sin θ (4) sin2θ
2ε 0 ε0
Bulb 1
65. A body cools from 60ºC to 50ºC in 10 minutes. If the
room temperature is 25ºC and assuming Newton's
law of cooling to hold good the temperature of the
body at the end of the next 10 minutes will be - + –
(1) 38.5ºC (2) 40ºC (3) 42.85ºC (4) 45ºC 12 volt
66. A passenger is at a distance of x from a bus when the A 12 volt battery is connected in two light bulbs, as
bus begins to move with constant acceleration a. shown in figure. Light bulb 1 has resistance 3Ω while
What is the minimum velocity with which the light bulb 2 has resistance 6Ω. The battery has
passenger should run towards the bus so as to reach it – essentially no internal resistance and all the wires are
(1) 2ax (2) 2ax (3) ax (4) ax essentially resistanceless too. When a light bulb is
unscrewed, no current flows through that branch of
67. A bus is moving with a speed of 10 ms–1 on a straight the circuit. For instance, if light bulb 2 is unscrewed,
road. A scooterist wishes to overtake the bus in 100 s. current flows only around the lower loop of the
If the bus is at a distance of 1 km from the scooterist, circuit, which consists of the battery and light bulb 1.
with what speed should the scooterist chase the bus ? When two resistance are joined in series, their
equivalent resistances Req. = R1 + R2 but when two
(1) 40 ms–1 (2) 25 ms–1
resistances are wired in parallel. Their net resistance
(3) 10 ms–1 (4) 20 ms–1 is given by:
6'8. For a equilateral glass prism the angle of minimum 1 1 1
= +
deviation is 30°, then refractive index of prism is - Req. R1 R2
1 1 3
(1) (2) 2 (3) (4)
2 2 2 70. When bulb 1 is screwed in, but bulb 2 is unscrewed, the
power generated in bulb 1 is -
69. A zener diode is to be used as voltage regulator. (1) 4 watt (2) 12 watt
Identify the correct set up -
(3) 36 watt (4) 48 watt
RS
⊕
(1) RL 71. Bulb 2 is now screwed in, as a result, bulb 1 -
(1) turns off
Θ
(2) becomes dimmer
RS
⊕ (3) stays about the same brightness
(2) RL (4) becomes brighter

Θ
72. When both light bulbs are screwed in, the current
RS through the battery is -
⊕
(3) RL
(1) 1.2 ampere (2) 2 ampere
(3) 4 ampere (4) 6 ampere
Θ
RS 73. String 1 has twice the length, twice the radius, twice
⊕ the tension and twice the density of another string 2.
(4) RL The relation between the fundamental frequencies of
1 and 2 is :
Θ (1) f1 = 2f2 (2) f1 = 4f2
(3) f2 = 4f1 (4) f1 = f2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 70 MARCH 2012

74. When a source of sound of frequency f crosses a 82. A man running has half the kinetic energy of a boy of
stationary observer with a speed vs (<< speed of half his mass. The man speeds up by 1 ms–1 and then
sound v), the apparent change in frequency ∆f is has KE as that of the boy. What were the original
given by - speeds of man and the boy ?
2 fv s (1) 2 ms–1;2 2 – 1 ms–1
(1) (2) 2 fv vs
v
(2) ( 2 – 1) ms–1; 2( 2 – 1) ms–1
2f v f vs
(3) (4) (3) ( 2 + 1) ms–1; 2( 2 + 1) ms–1
vs v
(4) None of the above
75. N atoms of a radioactive element, emit n, α particles
per second. Half-ilfe of the element is - Passage Based Questions : (Q.83 to Q.84)
(1) n/N (2) N/n The centre of mass of a body is a point at which the
(3) 0.693 N/n (4) 0.693 n/N whole mass of the body is supposed to be
concentrated. If the body consists of two particles of
76. If Ma is the mass of an oxygen isotope 8O17, Mp and → →
Mn are the masses of a proton and a neutron, masses m1, m2 with r1 and r2 as their position
respectively, the nuclear binding energy of the vectors, then the position vector of the centre of mass
isotope is - is.
(1) (Ma – 8Mp)c2 (2) (M0 – 8Mp – 9Mn)c2 → →
(3) M0c2 (4) (M0 – 17 Mn)c2 → m1 r2 + m2 r2
……. rCM =
m1 + m2
77. The photoelectric threshold of Tungsten is 2300 Å.
Similarly, velocity of centre of mass of two particles
the energy of the electrons ejected from the surface → →
by ultraviolet light of wavelength 1800 Å is : moving with velocities v1 and v2 is
(h = 6.6 × 10–34 J-s) →
→
(1) 0.15 eV (2) 1.5 eV → m v + m2 v 2
vCM = 1 1 , and
(3) 15 eV (4) 150 eV m1 + m2
78. In a transistor amplifier, β = 62, RL = 5000Ω and Acceleration of centre of mass of two particles
→ →
internal resistance of the transistor is 500 Ω. The having acceleration a1 and a2 is
voltage amplification of the amplifier will be -
→ →
(1) 500 (2) 620 (3) 780 (4) 950 → m a + m2 a 2
aCM = 1 1
79. A planet is moving in an elliptical orbit. If T, V, E m1 + m2
and L represent respectively the kinetic energy, For an isolated system, where no external force acts,
gravitational potential energy, total energy and → →
magnitude of angular momentum about the centre of aCM = 0 and vCM = constant.
the orbit, then which of the following is
Read the above paragraph and answer the following
correct –
questions.
(1) T is conserved
(2) V is always positive
83. Two bodies of masses 2 kg and 4 kg are moving
(3) E is always negative towards each other with equal velocity 5 m/s. The
→ velocity of centre of mass is -
(4) L is conserved but the direction of L is
continuously changing 5 5
(1) – ms–1 (2) ms–1
3 3
80. The motion of particle executing SHM is given by
x = 0.01 sin (100 π t + 0.05), where x is in metre and 3 –1 3
(3) ms (4) – ms–1
time t is in second. The time period is – 5 5
(1) 0.2 s (2) 0.1 s
84. An electron and a proton move towards each other
(3) 0.02 s (4) 0.01 s with velocities v1 and v2 due to mutual attraction. The
81. If the surface tension of water is 0.07 N m–1, the velocity of their centre of mass is -
weight of water supported by surface tension in a v +v v –v
capillary tube of radius 0.1 mm is – (1) 1 2 (2) 1 2
2 2
(1) 11 µN (2) 22 µN (3) v2 (4) zero
(3) 33 µN (4) 44 µN

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 71 MARCH 2012

85. If the space between the lenses in the lens
combination shown were filled with water, what
would happen to the focal length and power of the
lens combination ? MOTIVATION

• Pull the string, and it will follow wherever

you wish. Push it, and it will go nowhere at
Focal length Power
all.
(1) Decreased increased
(2) Decreased unchanged • Be the change that you want to see in the
(3) Increased unchanged world.
(4) Increased decreased • Efficiency is doing things right; effectiveness
is doing the right things.
86. If two coils have self-inductances L1 and L2, the
coefficient of mutual induction will be – • Formula for success: under promise and over
L1 deliver.
(1) M ∝ L1 L2 (2) M ∝
L2 • A life spent making mistakes is not only more
honorable, but more useful than a life spent
L2 doing nothing.
(3) M ∝ (4) None of these
L1
• Discovery consists of seeing what everybody
87. Vapour pressure at any temperature is equal to saturated has seen and thinking what nobody else has
vapour pressure : thought.
(1) At that temperature (2) At dew point
(3) At boiling point (4) At freezing point • The best way to teach people is by telling a
story.
88. The work done in turning a magnet of magnetic moment
• If you'll not settle for anything less than your
M by an angle of 90º from the meridian is n times the
best, you will be amazed at what you can
corresponding work done to turn it through an angle of
accomplish in your lives.
60º. The value of n is given by –
(1) 1 (2) 1/4 • I had to pick myself up and get on with it, do
(3) 4 (4) 2 it all over again, only even better this time.

89. As compared to ordinary diode an zener diode is - • Improvement begins with I.

(1) also connected in F.B • Success depends upon previous preparation,
(2) also connected in F.B as well as RB and without such preparation there is sure to
(3) always connected in RB be failure.
(4) exactly same
• The man of virtue makes the difficulty to be
90. There are two identical concentric coils X and Y with overcome his first business, and success only
their planes at right angles to each other. The coil X lies a subsequent consideration.
in the horizontal plane while coil Y lies in the vertical • As a general rule the most successful man in
plane. If the coil X carries a current of life is the man who has the best information.
1 A then what value of current in coil Y be passed so
that the resultant field at the centre of the coils just • The secret of success is constancy to purpose.
balances the earth's magnetic field of 10–5 tesla inclined
at 30º with the vertical ? • One secret of success in life is for a man to be
ready for his opportunity when it comes.
(1) 1 A (2) 3A
(3) 2 A (4) (1/ 3 )A

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 72 MARCH 2012

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 73 MARCH 2012
 MOCK TEST – BIT-SAT
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 450

Instructions :
• This question paper contains 150 questions in Physics (40) Chemistry (40), Mathematics (45), Logical
Reasoning (10) & English (15). There is Negative Marking
• Each question has four option & out of them, ONLY ONE is the correct answer. There is – ve marking.
• +3 Marks for each correct & – 1 Mark for the incorrect answer.

4. A man throws bricks to a height of 12 m where they

PHYSICS reach with a speed of 12 ms–1. If he throws the bricks
such that they just reach that height, what percentage
of energy will be saved ?
1. A particle moving along x-axis has acceleration f, at
(A) 9 % (B) 19 %
 t
(C) 38 % (D) 46 %
time t, given by f = f0 1 –  , Where f0 and T are
 T
constants. The particle at t = 0 has zero velocity. In 5. If the Earth shrinks to half of the present radius,
the time interval between t = 0 and the instant when without any change in mass, then the duration of day
f = 0, the particle's velocity (vx) is - and night becomes -
1 (A) 24 hours (B) 12 hours
(A) f0 T 2 (B) f0 T 2
2 (C) 6 hours (D) 3 hours
1 6. Two white dots are 1 mm apart on a black paper.
(C) f0 T (D) f0 T
2 They are viewed by eye of pupil diameter 3 mm.
What is the maximum distance at which these dots
2. Two forces P and Q acting at a point are such that if can be resolved by the eye ? (λ =500 nm)
P is reversed, the direction of the resultant is turned (A) 1 m (B) 5 m (C) 3 m (D) 6 m
through 90°. Then -
(A) P = Q 7. An object is placed at a distance of 10 cm from a
(B) P = 2Q concave mirror of radius of curvature 0.6 m. Which
of the following statements is incorrect ?
Q
(C) P = (A) The image is formed at a distance of 15 cm from
2 the mirror
(D) No relation between P and Q (B) The image formed is real
(C) The image is 1.5 times the size of the object
3. Three particles A, B and C of equal mass, move with
equal speed v along the medians of an equilateral (D) The image formed is virtual and erect
triangle as shown in Fig. They collide at the centroid
8. Two bodies of masses 1 kg and 3 kg have position
G of the triangle. After collision, A comes to rest and
B retraces its path with speed v. What is the speed of vectors iˆ + 2 ĵ + k̂ and – 3iˆ – 2 ĵ + k̂ , respectively.
C after collision ? The centre of mass of this system has a position
A vector -
(A) – iˆ + ĵ + k̂ (B) – 2iˆ + 2k̂
(C) – 2iˆ – ĵ + k̂ (D) 2iˆ – ĵ – 2k̂
G
9. A perfect gas at 27°C is heated at constant pressure
so as to triple its volume. The temperature of the gas
B C will be -
v (A) 81°C (B) 900°C
(A) 0 (B)
2 (C) 627°C (D) 450°C
(C) v (D) 2v

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 74 MARCH 2012

10. An ideal gas of mass m in a state A goes to another 15. In a galvanometer 5% of the total current in the
state B via three different processes as shown in circuit passes through it. If the resistance of the
figure. If Q1, Q2 and Q3 denote the heat absorbed by galvanometer is G, the shunt resistance S connected
the gas along the three paths, then - to the galvanometer is -
P A G G
(A) 19 G (B) (C) 20 G (D)
19 20
3
1 2
16 Two concentric coils of 10 turns each are placed in
B the same plane. Their radii are 20 cm and
V 40 cm and carry 0.2 A and 0.3 A current respectively
(A) Q1 < Q2 < Q3 (B) Q1 < Q2 = Q3 in opposite directions. The magnetic induction (in
(C) Q1 = Q2 > Q3 (D) Q1 > Q2 > Q3 tesla) at the centre is -
3 5
(A) µ0 (B) µ0
11. Two sound waves (expressed in CGS units) given by 4 4
2π 2π 7 9
y1 = 0.3 sin (vt – x) and y2 = 0.4 sin (vt – x + (C) µ0 (D) µ0
λ λ 4 4
θ) interfere. The resultant amplitude at a place where
17. The number of turns in primary and secondary coils
phase difference is π/2 will be -
of a transformer is 50 and 200 respectively. If the
(A) 0.7 cm (B) 0.1 cm current in the primary coil is 4 A, then the current in
1 the secondary coil is
(C) 0.5 cm (D) 7 cm
10 (A) 1 A (B) 2 A
(C) 4 A (D) 5 A
12. A tuning fork of frequency 100 when sounded
together with another tuning fork of unknown 18. Which of the following statements is not correct
frequency produces 2 beats per second. On loading when a junction diode is in forward bias ?
the tuning fork whose frequency is not known and (A) The width of depletion region decreases
sounded together with a tuning fork of frequency 100
produces one beat, then the frequency of the other (B) Free electrons on n-side will move towards the
tuning fork is - junction.
(A) 102 (B) 98 (C) 99 (D) 101 (C) Holes on p-side move towards the junction.
(D) Electron on n-side and holes on p-side will move
13. A current of 2 A flows in an electric circuit as shown away from junction.
in figure. The potential difference
(VR – VS), in volts (VR and VS are potentials at R and S 19. The displacement of a charge Q in the electric field
r
respectively) is E = e1iˆ + e2 ˆj + e3 kˆ is rr = aiˆ + bˆj . The work done
R is -
(A) Q (ae1 + be2)
3Ω 7Ω
(B) Q (ae1 ) 2 + (be2 ) 2
P Q
2A 2A (C) Q(e1 + e2 ) a 2 + b 2
7Ω 3Ω (D) Q( e12 + e22 )(a + b)
S 20. An electric line of force in the xy plane is given by
(A) – 4 (B) + 2 (C) + 4 (D) – 2 equation x2 + y2 = 1. A particle with unit positive
charge, initially at rest at the point x = 1, y = 0 in the
14. When a battery connected across a resistor of 16 Ω, xy plane
the voltage across the resister is 12 V. When the same (A) not move at all
battery is connected across a resistor of 10 Ω, voltage (B) will move along straight line
across it is 11V. The internal resistance of the battery (C) will move along the circular line of force
(in ohm) is (D) Information is insufficient to draw any conclusion
10 20 25 30
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7 7 7 7

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 75 MARCH 2012

21. The relation between voltage sensitivity (σv) and 28. A dielectric is introduced in a charged and isolated
current sensitivity (σi) of a moving coil galvanometer parallel plate capacitor, which of the following
is (resistance of galvanometer is G). remains unchanged ?
σ σ (A) Energy (B) Charge
(A) i = σv (B) v = σi (C) Electric field (D) Potential difference
G G
G G 29. Positively charged particles are projected into a
(C) = σi (D) = σv
σv σi magnetic field. If the direction of the magnetic field
is along the direction of motion of the charge
22. An inductor of 2H and a resistance of 10Ω are particles, the particles get :
connected in series with a battery of 5V. The initial (A) Accelerated
rate of change of current is
(B) Decelerated
(A) 0.5 A/s (B) 2.0 A/s
(C) Deflected
(C) 2.5 A/s (D) 0.25 A/s
(D) no changed in velocity
23. A and B are two radioactive substances whose half-
lives are 1 and 2 years respectively. Initially 10 g of 30. Fusion reaction takes place at high temperature
A and 1 g of B is taken. The time (approximate) after because :
which they will have same quantity remaining is - (A) KE is high enough to overcome repulsion
(A) 6.62 year (B) 5 year between nuclei
(C) 3.2 year (D) 7 year (B) Nuclei are most stable at this temperature
(C) Nuclei are unstable at this temperature
24. In the circuit, the potential difference across PQ will
(D) None of the above
be nearest to -
31. Among the following properties describing
100Ω
diamagnetism identify the property that is wrongly
stated :
(A) Diamagnetic material do not have permanent
48V 80Ω magnetic moment
100Ω Q (B) Diamagnetism is explained in terms of
20Ω electromagnetism induction
P (C) Diamagnetic materials have a small positive
(A) 9.6 V (B) 6.6 V susceptibility
(C) 4.8 V (D) 3.2 V (D) The magnetic moment of individual electrons
neutralize each other.
25. Radiations of intensity 0.5 W/m2 are striking a metal
plate. The pressure on the plate is 32. Electron of mass m and change q is travelling with a
(A) 0.166 × 10–8 N/m2 (B) 0.332 × 10–8 N/m2 speed v along a circular path of radius r at right
(C) 0.111 × 10–8 N/m2 (D) 0.083 × 10–8 N/m2 angles to a uniform magnetic field of intensity B. If
the speed of the electron is doubled and the magnetic
26. A cell of constant emf first connected to a resistance field is halved the resulting path would have a radius.
R1 and then connected to a resistance R2. If power (A) 2r (B) 4r (C) r/4 (D) r/2
delivered in both cases is same then the internal
resistance of the cell is : 33. The density of water at 0°C is 0.998 g/cc. While at
R1 4°C it is 1 g/cc. The average coefficient of volume
(A) R1R2 (B) expansion of water in the temperature range 0°C to
R2
4°C is -
R1 − R2 R1 + R2 (A) 5 × 10– 4/°C (B) – 5 × 10– 4/°C
(C) (D) –4
2 2 (C) 6 × 10 /°C (D) – 6 × 10– 4/°C

27. In a magnetic field of 0.05 T area of coil changes 34. A transverse sinusoidal wave moves along a string in
from 101 cm2 to 100 cm2 without changing the the positive x-direction at a speed of 10 cm/ s. The
resistance which is 2Ω. The amount of charge that wavelength of the wave is 0.5 m and its amplitude is
flow during this period is 10 cm. At a particular time t, the snap-shot of the
(A) 2.5 × 10–6 C (B) 2 × 10–6 C wave is shown in the figure. The velocity of point P
–6
(C) 10 C (D) 8 × 10–6 C when its displacement is 5 cm, is -

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 76 MARCH 2012

 y ML2
(A) (B) zero
K
P
x KL2
(C) (D) MK L
2M
→ → → →
3π 3π 40. Given : A . B = 0 and A × C = 0. The angle
(A) ĵ m/s (B) – ĵ m/s
50 50 → →
between B and C is -
3π ˆ 3π ˆ (A) 0° (B) 90°
(C) i m/s (D) – i m/s
50 50 (C) 180° (D) 270°

35. Which of the following diagrams is a correct

presentation of deviation and dispersion of light by CHEMISTRY
prism ?
1. The mass of CaCO3 formed by passing CO2 gas
(A) (B) R through 50 mL of 0.5 M Ca(OH)2 solution is -
R
V V (A) 10 g (B) 2 g (C) 2.5 (D) 5 g

R 2. 2g of hydrogen diffuse out from a container in 10

(C) R (D)
min. How many gram of chlorine will diffuse out
V V from the same container under similar conditions ?
36. A diver is 10 m below the surface of water. The 2
(A) 2 × 71 (B)
approximate pressure experienced by the diver is - 71
(A) 105 Pa (B) 2 × 105 Pa
71
(C) 3 × 105 Pa (D) 4 × 105 Pa (C) (D) 71
2
37. If Earth describes an orbit round the Sun of double its
3. Total volume of atoms present in face-centred cubic
present radius, the year on Earth will be of -
unit cell of a metal is (r = atomic radius)
(A) 365 days (B) 365 × 2 × 2 days 20 3 24 3
(A) πr (B) πr
365 3 3
(C) days (D) 365 × 4 days
2 12 3 16 3
(C) πr (D) πr
38. The moment of inertia of a thin uniform rod of length 3 3
L and mass M about an axis passing through a point
L 4. A ball of 100 g mass is thrown with a velocity of 100
at a distance of from one of its ends and ms-1. The wavelength of the de Broglie wave
3
associated with the ball is about -
perpendicular to the rod is -
(A) 6.63 × 10–35 m (B) 6.63 × 10–30 m
ML2 ML2 (C) 6.63 × 10–35 cm (D) 6.63 × 10–33 m
(A) (B)
3 6
ML2 ML2 5. The unicertainty in the position of an electron
(C) (D) moving with a velocity of 1.0 × 104 cm s–1 (accurate
9 12 up to 0.011%) will be -
39. The block of mass M moving on the frictionless (A) 1.92 cm (B) 7.68 cm
horizontal surface collides with the spring of spring (C) 0.528 cm (D) 3.8 cm
constant K and compresses it by length L. The
maximum momentum of the block after collision is - 6. ∆Hº for a reaction,
F2 + 2HCl —→ 2HF + Cl2
is given to be –352.18 kJ. If ∆H 0f for HF is –
M
268.3 kJ mol–1 the ∆H 0f of HCl would be -
(A) – 22 kJ mol–1 (B) 88.0 kJ mol–1
(C) – 91.9 kJ mol–1 (D) – 183.8 kJ mol–1

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 77 MARCH 2012

7. If CH3COOH(aq) + OH¯ (aq) —→ 14. The rise in boiling point of a solution containing 1.8
CH3COO¯ + H2O + q1, g of glucose in 100 g of solvent is 0.1°C. The molal
elevation constant of the liquid is -
H+ + OH¯ —→ H2O (l) + q2
(A) 0.01 K/m (B) 0.1 K/m
Then enthalpy change for the reaction,
(C) 1 K/m (D) 10 K/m.
CH3COOH —→ CH3COO¯ + H+ is
(A) q1 – q2 (B) q1 + q2 15. The value of E ° Zn / Zn 2+ = 0.76 V and that of
(C) q2 – q1 (D) q1 / q2
E ° Fe 2+ / Fe = – 0.41 V. The E° cell of the cell with net
8. In which of the following reaction Kp > Kc cell reaction
(A) N2 + 3H2 2NH3 Zn + Fe2+ → Zn2+ + Fe is
(B) H2 + I2 2HI (A) – 0.35 V (B) – 1.17 V
(C) PCl3 + Cl2 PCl5 (C) + 1.17 V (D) + 0.35 V.
(D) 2SO3 O2 + 2SO2
16. The hydrogen electrode can exhibit electrode
9. If the equilibrium constant for the reaction –
potential > 0 if
2AB A2 + B2 is 49, what is the value of
(A) H2 is bubbled through the solution at 2 atm.
equilibrium constant for
pressure
1 1 (B) concentration of H+ ion in solution is increased
AB A2 + B2
2 2 (C) concentration of H+ ions in solution is decreased
(A) 49 (B) 2401 (C) 7 (D) 0.02
10. An equimolar solution of CH3COOH and (D) concentration of H+ ions is decreased and
CH3COONa has a pH of 6. The value of Kα for acetic simultaneously pressure of H2 gas is increased.
acid is -
(A) 106 (B) 1 × 10–6
–6 17. + Br2 CCl
4 → A, A will have
(C) 2 × 10 (D) cannot be predicted
configuration :
11. What is the solubility of Al(OH)3, Ksp=1 × 10–33, in a
solution having pH = 4 ? Br Br
(A) 10–3 M (B) 10–6 M (A) (B)
–4
(C) 10 M (D) 10–10 M Br Br
12. Which of the following graph is for a second order (C) both (a) and (b) (D) none of these
reaction ?
OsO
18. 4 → A, A is -
H 2O2

(A) (B) (A) meso diol (B) racemic diol

Rate

Rate

(C) both (a) and (b) (D) none of the above

(A)2 (A)2
19. Following compound is treated with NBS

CH2CH=CH2+ NBS → A
(C) (D)
Rate

Rate

Compound formed A is -
(A)2 (A)2
(A) CHCH=CH2
13. For an elementary process Br
2X + Y —® Z + W
(A) 2 (B) 1 (B) CH = CHCH2Br
(C) 3 (D) unpredictable.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 78 MARCH 2012

 27. Pinacol is :
(C) CH2CH=CH2 (A) 3-methylbutane-2-ol
(B) 2,3-dimethyl-2,3-butanediol
Br Br (C) 2,3-dimethyl-2-propanone
(D) none of the above
CH2CH = CH2
(D) 28. Aldol condensation will not take place in :
Br (A) HCHO (B) CH3CH2CHO
(C) CH3CHO (D) CH3COCH3
20. Bicyclo (1, 1, 0) butane is -
(A) (B) 29. IUPAC name of the following compound is :

(C) (D)
H3C CH3
21. Grignard reagent reacts with HCHO to produce:
(A) 3,5-dimethylcyclohexene
(A) secondary alcohol
(B) 3,5-dimethyl -1-cyclohexene
(B) anhydride
(C) 1,5-dimethyl-5-cyclohexene
(C) and acid
(D) 1,3-dimethyl-5-cyclohexene
(D) primary alcohol
30. The ions O2–, F–, Na+, Mg2+ and Al3+ are
22. Cyanohydrin of which of the following forms lactic
isoelectronic. Their ionic radii show.
acid :
(A) A decrease from O2– to F– and then increase from
(A) HCHO (B) CH3CHO
Na+ to Al3+
(C) CH3CH2CHO (D) CH3COCH3
(B) A significant increase from O2– to Al3+
23. Isopropyl bromide on Wurtz reaction gives : (C) A significant decrease from O2– to Al3+
(A) hexane (D) An increase from O2– to F– and then decrease
(B) propane from Na+ to Al3+
(C) 2, 3-dimethylbutane
(D) neo-hexane 31. Which of the following values in electron volt per
atom represent the first ionisation energies of oxygen
24. On heating with oxalic acid at 110°C, glycerine gives:
and nitrogen atom, respectively ?
(A) glyceryl trioxalate (B) formic acid
(A) 14.6, 13.6 (B) 13.6, 14.6
(C) glyceryl dioxalate (D) none of the above
(C) 13.6, 13.6 (D) 14.6, 14.6
25. The compound, whose stereo-chemical formula is
32. Which of the following is not involved in any
written below, exhibits x geometrical isomers and y
diagonal relationship ?
optical isomers.
(A) C (B) B (C) Al (D) Si
CH3 H OH
C=C 33. A metal M readily forms water soluble sulphate
H CH2–CH2–C–CH3 MSO4, water insoluble hydroxide M(OH)2 and oxide
H MO which becomes insert on heating. The hydroxide
is soluble in NaOH. The M is -
The values of x and y are :
(A) Be (B) Mg
(A) 4 and 4 (B) 2 and 2
(C) Ca (D) Sr
(C) 2 and 4 (D) 4 and 2
34. Plaster of paris is -
26. Which one of the following product is formed when (A) CaSO4 (B) CaSO4.H2O
calcium salt of adipic acid is heated ? (C) 2CaSO4.H2O (D) CaSO4.2H2O
CH2–CH2
(A) O 35. In diborane -
CH2–CH2
(A) 4-bridged hydrogens and two terminal hydrogens
CH2–CH2 are present
(B) C=O (B) 2-bridged hydrogens and four terminal
CH2–CH2
hydrogens are present
CH2CH2CO (C) 3-bridged hydrogens and three terminal
(C) C=O
CH2CH2CO hydrogens are present
(D) None of these
CH2CH2COOH
(D)
CH2CH2COOH

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 79 MARCH 2012

36 Which of the following statements is correct ? 4. The centres of a set of circles, each of radius 3, lie on
(A) BCl3 and AlCl3 are both Lewis acids and BCl3 is the circle x2 + y2= 25. The locus of any point in the
stronger than AlCl3 set is -
(B) BCl3 and AlCl3 are both Lewis acids and AlCl3 is (A) 4 ≤ x2 + y2 ≤ 64 (B) x2 + y2 ≤ 25
stronger than BCl3
(C) x2 + y2 ≥ 25 (D) 3 ≤ x2 + y2 ≤ 9
(C) BCl3 and AlCl3 are both equally strong Lewis
acids 5. The pairs of straight lines x2 – 3xy + 2y2 = 0 and
(D) Both BCl3 and AlCl3 are not Lewis acids x2 – 3xy + 2y2 + x – 2 = 0 form a
37. When sodium thiosulphate solution is made to react (A) square but not rhombus
with copper sulphate solution, a complex compound (B) rhombus
is formed. What is that ? (C) parallelogram
(A) Na4[Cu3(S2O3)5] (B) Na2[Cu6(S2O3)4] (D) rectangle but not a square
(C) Na4[Cu6(S2O3)5] (D) Na4[Cu3(S2O3)4]
6. The distance between the foci of the hyperbola
38. Which one of the following does not contain zinc ? x2 – 3y2 – 4x – 6y – 11 = 0 is
(A) Brass (B) German silver (A) 4 (B) 6
(C) Gun metal (D) Bell metal (C) 8 (D) 10
39. Stability constants for some copper complexes are 7. If θ is the acute angle of intersection at a real point of
given below : intersection of circle x2 + y2 = 5 and the parabola
Cu+2, + 4NH3 [Cu(NH3)4]+2 K = 4.5 × 1011 y2 = 4x, then tan θ is equal to -
+2 –
Cu , + 4CN [Cu(CN)4]–2 K = 2.0 × 1027
+2
Cu , + 2en [Cu(en)2]+2 K = 9.5 × 1015 (A) 1 (B) 3
+2
Cu , + 4H2O [Cu(H2O)4]+2 K = 9.5 × 108
(C) 3 (D) 1 / 3
Which is the strongest ligand ?
(A) NH3 (B) CN–
(C) en (D) H2O 8. The tangents from a point (2 2 , 1) to the hyperbola
16x2 – 25y2 = 400 include an angle equal to
40. The pair [Co(NH3)5NO3]SO4 (A) π/2 (B) π/4 (C) π (D) π/3
and [Co(NH3)5 SO4] NO3 will exhibit
(A) Hydrate isomerism 9. The slope of a common tangent to the ellipse
(B) Linkage isomerism x2 y2
(C) Ionisation isomerism + = 1 and a concentric circle of radius ‘r’
(D) Coordinate isomerism a2 b2
is -
r 2 – b2 r 2 – b2
(A) tan–1
MATHEMATICS a2 – r 2
(B)
a2 – r 2

r 2 – b2 a2 – r 2
1. The point on the line 3x + 4y = 5 which is equidistant (C) (D)
from (1, 2) and (3, 4) is a2 – r 2 r 2 – b2
(A) (7, – 4) (B) (15, – 10)
10. If f : R → R and g : R → R are defined by f(x) = | x |
(C) (1/7, 8/7) (D) (0, 5/4)
and g (x) = [x – 3] for x ∈ R, then
2. The transformed equation of 3x2 + 3y2 + 2xy = 2  8 8
when the coordinate axes are rotated through an  g ( f ( x)) : – < x <  is equal to -
 5 5
angle of 45º, is
(A) {0, 1} (B) {1, 2}
(A) x2 + 2y2 = 1 (B) 2x2 + y2 = 1
2 2
(C) {–3, –2} (D) {2, 3}
(C) x + y = 1 (D) x2 + 3y2 = 1
11. If f : R → R is defined by
3. The length of the common chord of the ellipse
 cos 3x – cos x
( x – 1) 2 ( y – 2) 2  , for x ≠ 0
+ = 1 and the circle (x – 1)2 + (y–2 )2 = 1 f (x) =  x2
9 4  λ , for x = 0
is
and if f is continuous at x = 0, then λ is equal to -
(A) 0 (B) 3
(A) – 2 (B) – 4 (C) – 6 (D) – 8
(C) 4 (D) 5

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 80 MARCH 2012

12. The solution of the differential equation 21. The length of the subtangent at (2, 2) to the curve
xy2dy – (x3 + y3) dx = 0 is x5 = 2y4 is
3 3
(A) y = 3x + c (B) y3 = 3x3 log (cx) 5 8 2 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(C) y3 = 3x3 + log (cx) (D) y3 + 3x3 = log (cx) 2 5 5 8
  θ 
22. If x = a cos θ + log tan   and y = a sin θ, then
13. If ∫ e x (1 + x).sec2 (xex) dx = f (x) + constant, then   2 
f (x) is equal to - dy
is equal to -
(A) cos (xex) (B) sin (xex) dx
(C) 2 tan–1 (x) (D) tan (x ex) (A) cot θ (B) tan θ
(C) sin θ (D) cos θ
14. If f : R → R is defined by f (x) = [x – 3] + | x – 4 | for
23. The value of the expression
x ∈ R, then lim– f (x) is equal to where [.] is G.I.F. -
x→3  1  1   1  1 
2 1 +  1 + 2  + 3  2 +   2 + 2  +
(A) – 2 (B) – 1 (C) 0 (D) 1  ω  ω   ω  ω 

 2x – 1   1  1   1  1 
4  3 +   3 + 2  + ..... + (n + 1) n +  n + 2  ,
15. x ∈ R : 3 ∈ R  equals
 ω  ω   ω  ω 
 x + 4 x 2 + 3x 
(A) R – {0} (B) R – {0, 1, 3} where ω is an imaginary cube root of unity, is
 1 n(n 2 + 2) n(n 2 – 2)
(C) R – {0, –1, – 3} (D) R – 0, – 1, – 3, +  (A) (B)
 2 3 3
n 2 (n + 1) 2 + 4n
(C) (D) None of these
d  –1  x – 1  1 4
16.
dx a tan x + b log x + 1  = 4
   x – 1 a2 a3 a +a a –a 
24. If = 2 3 = 3  2 3  , then a1, a2, a3, a4
⇒ a – 2b is equal to - a1a4 a1 + a4  a1 – a4 
(A) 1 (B) – 1 (C) 0 (D) 2 are in
(A) A.P. (B) G.P.
17. The function f (x) = x3 + ax2 + bx + c, a2 ≤ 3b has (C) H.P. (D) None of these
(A) one maximum value
(B) one minimum value x2 – 1
25. If f (x) = for every real number x then the
(C) no extreme value x2 +1
minimum value of f
(D) one maximum and one minimum value
(A) does not exist because f is unbounded
18. Area of the region satisfying x ≤ 2, y ≤ | x | and x ≥ 0 is (B) is not attained even though f is bounded
(A) 4 sq. unit (B) 1 sq. unit (C) is equal to 1
(D) is equal to – 1
(C) 2 sq. unit (D) None of these
26. If x + y and y + 3x are two factors of the expression
1 1 2
λx3 – µx2y + xy2 + y3, then the third factor is
∫ ∫ ∫
x2 x3 x2
19. If I1 = 2 dx , I2 = 2 dx , I3 = 2 dx and
0 0 1 (A) y + 3x (B) y – 3x
2 (C) y – x (D) None of these
∫
3
I4 = 2 x dx , then
1
27. The number of ways in which 30 marks can be
(A) I3 > I4 (B) I3 = I4 allotted to 8 questions if each question carries at least
(C) I1 > I2 (D) I2 > I1 2 marks, is
(A) 115280 (B) 117280
20. Let A = [–1, 1] and f : A → A be defined as (C) 116280 (D) None of these
f (x) = x | x | for all x ∈ A, then f (x) is -
28. The numerically largest term in the binomial
(A) many-one into function 2
expansion of (4 – 3x)7, when x = is -
(B) one-one into function 3
(C) many-one onto function (A) 46016 (B) 66016
(D) one-one onto function (C) 86016 (D) None of these

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 81 MARCH 2012

 r r
2 4n 36. Let a and b be two non-collinear unit vectors if
29. The fractional part of is - r r r r r r r r r
15 u = a – ( a . b ) b and v = a × b , then | v | is equal
1 2 to -
(A) (B) r r r r
15 15 (A) | u | (B) | u | + | v . a |
4 r r r r r
(C) (D) none of these (C) 2| v | (D) | u | + u . ( a + b )
15
r r r
37. The vectors a . b , and c are equal in length and
1 2 1+ x taken pairwise, they make equal angles. If
30. If A =   and f (x) = , then f (A) is - r
2 1 1– x r r
  a = iˆ + ˆj , b = ˆj + kˆ and c makes an obtuse angle
r
1 1  –1 –1 with x-axis then c is equal to -
(A)   (B)  
1 1  –1 –1 (A) – iˆ + 4 ˆj – kˆ (B) iˆ + kˆ
2 2
(C)   (D) None of these 1 ˆ iˆ – 4 ˆj + kˆ
(C) (–i + 4 ˆj – kˆ) (D)
2 2 3 3

5 + sin 2 x cos 2 x 4 sin 2 x 38. In a trapezoid the vector BC = λ AD we will then

2 2
31. If f(x) = sin x 5 + cos x 4 sin 2 x , then
find that P = AC + BD is collinear with AD . If
sin 2 x cos 2 x 5 + 4 sin 2 x r
P = µ AD , then -
(A) domain of function f (x) ∈ (0, ∞) (A) µ = λ + 1 (B) λ = µ + 1
(B) range of function f (x) ∈ (0, ∞) (C) λ + µ = 1 (D) µ = 2 + λ
(C) period of function f (x) is 2π
39. The image of the point P (1, 3, 4) in the plane
f ( x) – 150
(D) lim = 200 2x – y + z + 3 = 0 is -
x →0 x (A) (3, 5, – 2) (B) (–3, 5, 2)
32. If R be a relation < from A = {1, 2, 3, 4} to B = {1, 3, 5} (C) (3, –5, 2) (D) (3, 5, 2)
i.e. (a, b) ∈ R iff a < b, then RoR–1 is
(A) {(1, 3), (1, 5), (2, 3), (2, 5), (3, 5), (4, 5)} 40. {x ∈ R : cos 2x + 2 cos2 x = 2} is equal to -
(B) {(3, 1), (5, 1), (3, 2), (5, 2), (5,3), (5, 4)}  π   π 
(A) 2nπ + : n ∈ Z  (B) nπ ± : n ∈ Z 
(C) {(3, 3), (3, 5), (5, 3), (5, 5)}  3   6 
(D) {(3, 3), (3, 4), (4, 5)}  π   π 
(C) nπ + : n ∈ Z  (D) 2nπ – : n ∈ Z 
33. The probability of getting a sum of 12 in four throws  3   3 
of an ordinary dice, is -
3 4 π
1 5
3
5
4
41. If sin–1   + sin–1   = , then x is equal to -
(A)   (B)   x x 2
6 6 6
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) 11
2
1 5
(C)   (D) None of these 1 1 3
36 6 42. In ∆ABC, if + = , then C is
b+c c+a a+b+c
34. Three persons A, B and C are to speak at a function equal to -
along with five others. If they all speak in random (A) 90º (B) 60º (C) 45º (D) 30º
order, the probability that A speak before B and B
speaks before C, is - 43. From the top of a hill h metres high the angles of
3 1 depressions of the top and the bottom of a pillar are α
(A) (B)
8 6 and β respectively. The height (in metres) of the
3 pillar is -
(C) (D) None of these
5 h(tan β – tan α) h(tan α – tan β)
(A) (B)
tan β tan α
35. The group of 10 items has arithmetic mean 6. If the
arithmetic mean of 4 of these items is 7.5, then the h(tan β + tan α) h(tan β + tan α )
(C) (D)
mean of the remaining items is - tan β tan α
(A) 6.5 (B) 5.5 (C) 4.5 (D) 5.0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 82 MARCH 2012

44. In a ∆ABC if the sides are a = 3, b = 5 and c = 4, then 7. Directions : In following question, find out which of
B B the answer figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) completes
sin + cos is equal to - the figure – matrix ?
2 2
3 +1 3 –1
(A) 2 (B) (C) (D) 1
2 2

45. If sin θ + cosec θ = 2 then sin11θ + cosec21 θ = ?

(A) 2 (B) 221 (C) 232 (D) 1

(A) (B) (C) (D)

LOGICAL REASONING
8. Directions : The questions that follow contain a set
1. Fill in the blank spaces of three figure X, Y and Z showing a sequence of
folding of piece of paper. Fig. (Z) shows the manner
6, 13, 28, . ?. . .
in which the folded paper has been cut. These three
(A) 56 (B) 57 (C) 58 (D) 59 figure are followed by four answer figure from which
2. Choose the best alternative you have to choose a figure which would most
Car : Petrol : : T.V. : ? closely resemble the unfolded form of figure. (Z)
(A) Electricity (B) Transmission
(C) Entertainment (D) Antenna
3. Pick the odd one out – X Y Z
(A) Titan (B) Mercury
(C) Earth (D) Jupiter
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4. Direction : In questions, find out which of the
figures (A), (B), (C) and (D) can be formed from the A B C D
pieces given in (x).
9. Direction : In following questions, complete the
missing portion of the given pattern by selecting from
the given alternatives (A), (B), (C) and (D).
(x)
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(X)
5. Directions : In question, choose the set of figures
which follows the given rule.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Rule : Closed figures become more and more open
and open figures more and more closed.

(A) (B) 10. Directions : In question below, you are given a

figure (x) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and
(C) (D) (D) such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace
out the correct alternative.
6. Directions : In question below, you are given a
figure (X) followed by four figures (A), (B), (C) and
(D) such that (X) is embedded in one of them. Trace
out the correct alternative. (X)

(A) B) (C) (D)

(x)

(A) (B) (C) (D)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 83 MARCH 2012

 10. Which one of the two sentences given below is
ENGLISH wrong on the basis of the underlined words :
1. He is a very "ingenuous" businessman.
1. Find the correctly spelt word – 2. I like him for his "Ingenious" nature.
(A) Geraff (B) Giraffe (A) Sentence 1 is correct
(C) Giraf (D) Gerraffe (B) Sentence 2 is correct
2. Find out that word where the spelling is wrong – (C) Both the sentences can be made correct by
(A) Puncture (B) Puntuation interchanging the underlined words.
(C) Pudding (D) Pungent (D) Both the sentences can not be interchanged hence,
both are wrong
3. Pick up the correct synonym for the following words
Plush : 11. Choose from the given words below the two
sentences, that word which has the same meaning and
(A) Luxurious (B) Delicious
can be used in the same context as the part given
(C) Comforting (D) Tasty underlined in both the sentences :
4. Choose the alternative which can replace the word 1. His "aloof" behaviour is an indication of his
printed in underline without changing the meaning of arrogance.
the sentence. 2. During our field visits we visited "remote" parts of
When he returned, he was accompanied by 'sprightly' Rajasthan.
young girl. (A) Far-off (B) Introvert
(A) Lively (B) Beautiful (C) Distant (D) Depressed
(C) Sportive (D) Intelligent
12. Find out which part of the sentence has an error. If
5. Choose one alternative which is opposite in meaning there is no mistake, the answer is 'No error'.
to the given word : " Meatless days" / have been made / into a film / No Error
Astute : (a ) ( b) (c) (d)

(A) Wicked (B) Impolite (A) Meatless days (B) have been made
(C) Cowardly (D) Foolish (C) into a film (D) No Error
6. Choose the word which is closest to the 'opposite' in
13. Which part of the following sentence has an error ? If
meaning of the underlined word
the sentence is correct, the answer will be 'No Error".
Many snakes are 'innocuous' :
Looking forward / to / meet you here / No Error
(A) Deadly (B) Ferocious (a ) (b) ( c) (d )
(C) Poisonous (D) Harmful (A) looking forward (B) to
7. Choose the one which can be substituted for the (C) meet you here (D) No error
given words/sentences :
Giving undue favours to one's kith and kin' 14. Choose the one which best expresses the meaning of
(A) Corruption (B) Worldliness the given Idiom/Proverb :
(C) Favouritism (D) Nepotism The 'pros and cons'
(A) Good and Evil
8. Find out which one of the words given below the (B) Former and Latter
sentence can most appropriately replace the group of (C) For and Against a thing
words underlined in the sentence :
(D) Foul and Fair
The bus has to "go back and forth" every six hours.
(A) Cross (B) Shuttle 15. Replace the underlined word with one of the given
(C) Travel (D) Run options :
9. Read both the sentences carefully and decide on their The Second World War started in 1939.
correctness on the basis of the underlined words : (A) Broke out (B) Set out
1. I am out of practise these days (C) Took out (D) Went out
2. I practice law
(A) Only 1 is correct
(B) Only 2 is correct
(C) Both the sentences 1 & 2 are correct
(D) Both the sentences 1 & 2 are incorrect

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 84 MARCH 2012

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
IIT-JEE (PAPER - I)
OH
CHEMISTRY CH3–Mg–Br + (CH3.CO)2O → CH3—C—CH3
⊕
H

(excess)
1. [A] CH3
1 ⊕
HOC ∝ H
stability CH3–Mg – Br + Cl–C–OC2H5 →
(excess)
So II > IV > I > III
O
2. [B] OH
In acidic médium enol form depend on stability of
CH3—C—CH3
alkene
CH3
3. [C] Both double are E, E isomer
10. [B,C]
CH2–OH
O Cr3+ → 3, Mn2+ → 5, Fe3+ → 5, Cu2+ → 1
⊕
H / H2O 11. [B,C,D]
4. [B]
Fe, Cr, Al have protected film

HO CH3 h 6.626 × 10 −34

12. [B]mu = ⇒ 9.1 × 10–31 u =
5. [A]
λ 5200 × 10 −10
Meq of NaOH + Meq of Ba(OH)2 = Meq of HCl ⇒ u = 1400 m/sec
XV1 + YV2 = 0.1 × 100
V 3RT 3 × 8.314 × 300
Also 4Y 2 + YV2 = 10 ⇒ YV2 = 5 13. [A] u= =
4 M 4 × 10 −3
∴ V1X = 5 = 1367.8 M/sec.
5 6.626 × 10 −34
∴ Fraction of acid by Ba(OH)2 = = 0.5
10 λ −3
λ= = 4 × 10 × 1367 23
.8 = 7.29 × 10–11 m
6. [B] r ∝ M. mu 6.023 × 10
CO = 28, B2H6 = 28, H2 = 2, CH4 = 16
14. [A,B,D] 15. [A,B,D]
2.6 × 10 −30
7. [B]%ionic = × 100 16. [A,B]
1.41 × 10 −10 × 1.6 × 10 −19
= 11.5%
17. [6] 18. [9] 19. [6] 20. [4] 21. [6]
O O

8. [B] 1, 2-epoxy-2-methyl butane HO – S – O – O – H

C2H5 +6
CH3 O
9. [B,C,D] 22. [4]
O OH O O
⊕
H
Ph–Mg–Br + CH3—C—Cl → Ph—C—Ph
(excess) HO – S – O – O – S – OH
CH3
O O

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 85 MARCH 2012

23. [6] 4. [D] Lim− [1 + (cos x)cosx]2
P x→
π
2
O O O y = Lim− (cos x)cos x
π
x→
O←P–O P→O 2

O O log(y) = Lim− (cos x) log cos x

π
x→
P 2
log(cos x)
log(y) = Lim− (∞/∞) L'hospital
π sec( x)
MATHEMATICS x→
2
1 sin x
log(y) = Lim− ×–
x→
π cos x sec x tan x
1. [B] f(x) is odd function 2
g(x) = f(–x) = – f(x) = Lim− – cos x = 0
π
x 1 1 x 1 1 x→
2
g(x).f(x) = – sin πx 2x2 1 sin πx 2 x 2 1 y = e0 = 1
x 3
3x 4
1 x 3
3x 4
1 Now limit is (1 + 1)2 = 22 = 4

x2 + 2 x sin(πx) + 2x2 + 1 4x 4 + 1 ln(ln( x))

= – x sin(πx) + 2x2 + 1 sin2 (πx) + 4x4 + 1 x3 sin(πx) + 6x6 + 1 5. [D] f(x) =
ln ( x )
4x4 + 1 x3 sin(πx) + 6x6 + 1 x6 + 9x4 + 1 1 1
× × ln( x) − ln(ln( x)) ×1 / x
3 3 5 f '(x) = lnx x
g(1) f (1) = – 3 5 7 =–4 [ln( x)]2
5 7 11 1
−0
f '(x) = e = 1/e
sin 3α 1
2. [A] < 0 if sin 3α > 0 and cos 2α < 0
cos 2α 6. [A] b = 0 , a < 0
or sin 3α < 0 and cos 2α > 0 f(x) = x2 + ax + b is quadratic polynomial
i.e. if 3α∈ (0, π) and 2α∈ (π/2, 3π/2) cut x axis at x = 0 and x = – a
or 3α∈ (π, 2π) and 2α∈ (–π/2, π/2) f(x) = x2 + ax + b
i.e. if α∈ (0, π/3) and α∈ (π/4, 3π/4)
or α∈ (π/3, 2π/3) and α∈ (–π/4, π/4)
i.e. if α∈ (π/4, π/3)
since (13π/48, 14π/48) ⊂ (π/4, π/3)
(A) is correct

3. [C] We have
f (| x |) = x2 + a |x| + b
S1 = Σ x1 = sin 2β
S2 = Σ x1x2 = cos 2β
S3 = Σ x1x2x3 = cos β
S4 = x1x2x3x4 = – sin β
4
S1 − S3
so that ∑ tan
i =1
−1
xi = tan–1
1 − S2 + S4 | f |x|| = | x2 + a |x| + b|
sin 2β − cos β
= tan–1
1 − cos 2β − sin β
cos β(2 sin β − 1)
= tan–1
sin β(2 sin β − 1)
= tan cot β = tan–1 (tan (π/2 – β)) Exactly at three points function is not differentiable.
= π/2 – β

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 86 MARCH 2012

7. [A] Graph of sin–1 sin(x) = f(x) 11. [B,D]
u2 = a2 + b2
5
–π 0 π 2π 3π 2 2
 a2 + b2   (a 2 − b 2 ) 
+2   −  cos 2 2θ
 2   2 
f(x) = sin–1 (sinx) = x – 2π 3π/2 ≤ x ≤ 5π/2    
f(5) = sin–1 (sin 5) = 5 – 2π  a2 + b2 
log2(x) < 5 – 2π max. u2 = a2 + b2 + 2   = 2(a2 + b2)

 2 
x>0 2 2 2
min. u = a + b
x < 25–2π
2 2
So, (0, 25–2π)  a2 + b2   a2 − b2 
+2   −  = (a + b)2
 2   2 
8. [A,B,C]    
Let tan–1 (–3) = α ⇒ tan α = – 3
π Passage # 1 (Q.12 to Q.14)
and – <α<0
2 12. [A] f (x) = 0 ⇒ sin {cot–1 (x + 1)} = cos (tan–1 x)
⇒ – π < 2α < 0 1 1
⇒ sin sin–1 = cos cos–1
⇒ cos (– 2α) = cos 2α 1 + ( x + 1) 2
1+ x 2
1 − tan 2 α 1− 9 4 1 1
= = =− ⇒ = ⇒ 1 + x2 = 2 + x2 + 2x
2
1 + tan α 1+ 9 5 1 + ( x + 1) 2
1+ x 2

 4 ⇒ x = – 1/2, so f (x) = 0 for x = – 1/2

⇒ – 2α = cos  − –1

 5
⇒ 2 tan (–3) = – cos–1 (– 4/5)
–1 13. [C] a = cos tan–1 sin cot–1 x = cos tan–1 sin α, where x
= cot α
Again –π < 2α < 0
1
⇒ 0 < 2α + π < π = cos tan–1 = cos β where
4 1 + x2
So cos (π + 2α) = – cos 2α =
5 1 1 x2 + 1
4 tan β = = =
⇒ π + 2α = cos–1 1 + x2 1 x2 + 2
5 1+
1 + x2
4
⇒ 2 tan–1 (–3) = – π + cos–1 x2 + 1 5
5 ⇒ a2 = = for x = – 1/2
x2 + 2 9
Finally – π < 2 α < 0
⇒ –π/2 < 2α + π/2 < π/2 14. [B] Now a2 = 26/51 ⇒ x = ± 1/5
−1 and b = cos (2 cos–1 x + sin–1 x)
So tan (π/2 + 2α) = – cot 2α =
tan 2α = cos (cos–1x + π/2)

− 1 + tan 2 α − 4 ⇒ b = – sin (cos–1 x) = – 1 − x 2

= = ⇒ b2 = 1 – x2 = 24/25 for x = ± 1/5
2 tan α 3
–1
∴ π/2 + 2α = tan (–4/3) Passage # 2 (Q.15 to Q.16)
⇒ 2 tan–1 (–3) = – π/2 + tan–1(–4/3)
9. [A,B,D] dy
15. [C] = 2x (x4) – 1 (x2)
f (x) = [x sin πx] = 0 – 1 ≤ x ≤ 1. dx
So, A, B, D are true  dy 
  =2–1=1
 dx  x =1
10. [A,D] 1
 x2 
∫t
2
at x = 1 y= dt = 0
f (x) = cos x – 1 − 
 2  1
(y – 0) = 1 (x – 1)
f '(x) = – sin x + x
⇒y=x–1
sin x < x if x > 0 and sin x > x if x < 0
(A) follow from (D) since (0, π/2) is a subset of (0, ∞)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 87 MARCH 2012

 2 2h
16. [A] f '(x) = e x / 2 (1 – x2) = 0 h
 1  1  2
[f '(x)]x = 1 = e(1 – 1) = 0 = Lim 1 +  . 1 + 
h →∞  h  2h 
 1  2 h −1 h
2  ......... 1 + n −1 
17. [9] f (x) = [x] + [2x] +  x  + [3x] +[4x] + [5x] [kx]  2 h  2 h −1
3  1
changes its value of every integral multiple of 1/k n −1
= e1. e1/2. e1/4........ e 2 .......∞
[x] will change at every integral multiple of 1
ah
[2x] will change at every integral multiple of 1/2  1 
Lim 1 +  = ea
[3x] will change at every integral multiple of 1/3 h →∞  ah 
[4x] will change at every integral multiple of 1/4 1 1
1+ + +.......∞
[5x] will change at every integral multiple of 1/5 e 2 4

2  1
and  x  will change at every integral multiple of = e 1−1 / 2 = e2 = eS ⇒ S = 2 ⇒ 0002
3 
3/2 19. [5] x2 + 1 = (x + i) (x – i)
They would change all together at every multiple of The cubic polynomial must vanish
LCM of {1, 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 3/2} = 3
for x = i , x = – i
No. of total points at which f (x) will changes its value
– i – a + bi + c = 0, i – a – bi + c = 0
in the interval [0, 3] will depend on the total number of
different terms in the following cases – – a + c = 0, –1+b=0
[x] = 0, 1, 2 – a + c = 0, 1–b=0
[2x] = 0, 1/2, 2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 5/2 b = 1, a = c ⇒ b is fixed
[3x] = 0, 1/3, 2/3, 3/3, 4/3, 5/3, 6/3, 7/3, 8/3 Now a can be chosen in 10 ways and c = a,
c can be chosen in 1 way only
[4x] = 0, 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4, 5/4, 6/4, 7/4, 8/4, 9/4,
10/4 ⇒ Number of ways of choosing
[5x] = 0, 1/5, 2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5, 6/5, 7/5, 8/5, 9/5, a, b, c = 10 ⇒ 10 = 2k ⇒ k = 5
10/5, 11/5, 12/5, 13/5, 14/5
20. [ 2] ey + xy = e
2 
 3 x  = 0, 3/2, 6/2 on putting x = 0, we get ey = e
  y = 1 when x = 0
∴ f (x) will change its values in the intervals on differentiating the relation (i) we get
14 dy dy
0 ≤ x < 1/5, 1/5 ≤ x < 1/4, 1/4 ≤ x < 1/3,........... ≤ + 1.y + x. =0
5 dx dx
x<3
on putting x = 0, y = 1 we get
Total no. of different terms in above equation
= 30.  dy  dy −1
ey   + 1= 0 ⇒ =
So, no. of terms in the range of  dx  dx e
f (x) for 0 ≤ x < 3 is 30 ⇒ m +21 = 30 ⇒ m =9 on differentiating solution (ii) we get
2
 dy  d2y dy dy d2y
h e   + ey
y
+ + + x =0
−h2   1  1   dx  dx 2 dx dx dx 2
18. [2] Lim h (h + 1) h + ..... h + h −1  dy −1
h →∞   2  2 
on putting x = 0, y = 1, = we get
h dx e
  1  1 
 (h + 1)  h + ....... h + h −1   d2y 1
= 2 = e–2 ⇒ λ = 2
  2   2 
= Lim dx 2 e
h →∞  hh 
  21. [1] Circle (x – 2)2 + (y – 3)2 + λ (x + y – 5) = 0
 
it passes through (1, 2)
h h
 1  1  1 + 1 + λ (1 + 2 – 5) = 0 ⇒ λ = 1
h h+   h + h −1 
 h +1  2  .........  2  x2 – 4x + 4 + y2 – 6y + 9 + x + y – 5 = 0
= Lim  
h →∞  h   h   h  (x – 3/2)2 + (y – 5/2)2 = 1/2
   
    So, number of circle is 1.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 88 MARCH 2012

22. [8] Let the equation of line through P(λ, 3) be 2. [D]
x−λ y −3 ucosθ
= = r ⇒ x = λ + r cos θ A
cos θ sin θ B
θ usinθ v2
and y = 3 + r sin θ
v1 usinθ
x2 y2
Line meets the ellipse + =1
16 9 before collis ion after collision
Such that 9x2 + 16y2 = 144 at A and D Apply conservation of momentum
⇒ 9(λ + r cos θ)2 + 16(3 + r sin θ)2 = 144 mv1 + mv2 = mvcosθ
⇒ 9(λ2 + r2 cos2θ + 2λr cosθ) or v1 + v2 = v cosθ ….(i)
+ 16 (9 + r2 sin2θ + 6r sin θ) = 144 and v1 – v2 = evcosθ …(ii)
⇒ (9cos θ + 16 sin2 θ) r2 +
2
from (i) + (ii)
(18λ cos θ + 96 sin θ)r + 9λ2 = 0
(1 + e)
9λ2 v1 = v cos θ
∴ PA.PD = … (i) 2
9 cos 2 θ + 16 sin 2 θ
Since line meet the axes at B and C
3. [C]
3λ
So, PB.PC = …. (ii)
sin θ cos θ
r
from (i) & (ii) a
λ≥8
b
→ → → → → →
23. [7] a ⊥(b +c )⇒a .(b +c )=0 b
M (2πrdr )
∫ dm r
2
→ → → → dI = and dm =
⇒ a . b + a . c = 0 and two similar results a
π(b 2 − a 2 )
→ → → → → →
adding, 2 ( a . b + b . c + c . a ) = 0 M 2
I= (b + a 2 )
→ → → → → → → → → 2
Now | a + b + c |2 = ( a + b + c ). ( a + b + c )
→ → → → → → → → → 4. [D]
= | a |2 + | b |2 + | c |2 + 2( a . b + b . c + c . a )
α
= 9 + 16 + 25 + 0 = 50
→ → →
∴ | a + b + c | =5 2 F
aCM
f
PHYSICS F – f = maCM ….(i)
fR = Iα
1. [C] I a CM
or f = ….(ii)
When block m1 passes through mean position, its R2
speed is maximum. Let v1 and v2 be the speed of from (i) & (ii)
blocks m1 and (m1 + m2) respectively at equilibrium
position.
F
aCM = and
Then m1v1 = (m1 + m2) v2  I 
m + 2 
at mean position  R 
v = Aω = A2πf I F
hence f= ≤ µmg
R 2
I 
v1 A f m1 m + 2 
= 1 × 1 and f1 = 2π  R 
v2 A2 f2 k
 I 
µmg m + 2 
m1 + m 2  R 
f2 = 2π Fmax =
k  I 
 2
m1 R 
A2 = A
m1 + m 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 89 MARCH 2012

5. [A] 8. [A,B,D]
We have gravitational potential at internal point. t3
GM x=
V= − (3R 2 − r 2 ) 3
2R 3 dx
at surface v= = t2
dt
3 GM
V1 = − d2x
2 R a= = 2t
dt 2
R
x at r = F = ma
2
F = 4t or F ∝ t
GM  2 R 2  Apply work – Energy theorem
V2 = −  3R − 
2R 3  4  1
W = ∆k = mv2
11GM 2
V2 = −
8R at t = 0, u = 0
we have at t = 2, v = 4 m/s
1 during 0 – 2 sec
mv2 = m | V2 – V1 | 1
2 W= × 2 (4)2
2
6. [C] W = 16 J
W = surface tension (T) × change in surface area
(∆A) 9. [A,B,C,D]
Here iP = iQ
7. [C] Acceleration of the rod (a) i
Current density, JP < JQ (Q J =
)
F A
r
a IP < EQ (Q J = σE)
F ρdx
a= Resistance, RP < Rq (Q R = )
m A
Consider an element of length dx at a distance 'x' or (i2R)P < (i2R)Q
from one end of the rod.
x 10. [B,C,D]
F Here x = at and y = bt2 + ct
dx dx dy
vx = = a and vy = = 2bt + c
stress developed at a distance x dt dt
m (l − x ) F |v|= v 2x + v 2y
stress =
Al m
at t=1
F  x
stress = 1 −  |v|= a 2 + ( 2 b + c) 2
m l
elongation in the dx length at t = 0
vx = a, vy = c
 stress 
dl =   dx c
 Y  tanθ = and | u | = a 2 + c2
a
l
F  x
or ∫ dl = ∫ 1 −  dx
YA 0  l
d2x
= 0 and
d2y
= 2b
dt dt 2
Fl i.e. ay = 2b or g = –2b
∆l =
2YA

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 90 MARCH 2012

11. [A,B,C] Passage : II
At equilibrium Sol. for Q.No. 15.[A] & 16.[A]
qE U = 5 + (x – 1)2
kx = qE or x = at x = 2, U=6J
k
KE = 10 J
for maximum elongation,
M.E. = 10 + 6 = 16 J
apply Work – Energy theorem
dU
1 for minima of U, =0
(qE)x0 – kx02 = 0 dx
2 2(x – 1) = 0
2qE x=1
x0 =
k Umin = 5 J
the block perform oscillation about mean position
l
qE 17. [5] T1 = 2π = T and
(i.e. x = ) g
k
2qE qE 25l
amplitude (A) = – T2 = 2π
k k g
qE T2 = 5T
A=
k at t = 5T, both pendulum will again be in phase for
1st time during that time, 5 oscillations are made by
smaller pendulum.

Passage : I λ
18. [3] Here l1 e = …(i)
4
Sol. for Q.No. 12.[B], 13.[D] & 14.[A] 3λ
The given circuit can be simplified as l2 + e = …(ii)
4
23µF from (i) & (ii)
7µF
l − 3l 1
A B e= 2
12µF 5µF
2
1µF
e=3
10µF 1µF 19. [3] For a polytropic process
PVn = constant
12V
R
C = CV –
OR n −1
35µF 7µF 5 R
= R−
A B 2 −1−1
(Q P ∝ V or PV–1 = constant)
C = 3R
10µF 12µF
20. [3] Temperature of junction
100 + 20 + 0
12V TC = = 40ºC
3
 35 × 7  20 i1 100 − 40
Ceq =  + = 7.5 µF = =3
 35 + 7  12 i2 40 − 20
Charge on 5 µF = 0
21. [3]
20
Charge on 10 µF = 12 × = 20 µC 20cm
12
A B
20 × 20 O
U12µF = = 20 µJ C f
2 × 10 f = 30cm

60cm

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 91 MARCH 2012

 image one end A is formed at same point
(i.e. at C)
for image of other end
1 1 1
+ =
v − 40 − 30
v = –120 cm
length of image l = 120 – 60 = 60 cm
60
Chemistry Facts
linear magnification ml = =3
20 • At 0 degress Celsius and 1 atmospheric pressure,
one mole of any gas occupies approximately
22. [2] 22.4 liters.
P
• Atomic weight is the mass of an atom relative to
θ the mass of an atom of carbon-12 which has an
a θ
2θ θ α
atomic weight of exactly 12.00000 amu.
O N Q R
N = a /8
2
Normal • If the atom were the size of a pixel (or the size of
a period), humans would be a thousand miles
x0 y2 = 8x
tall.
In ∆PNQ
a • It would require about 100 million
tan 2θ = …(i) (100,000,000) atoms to form a straight line one
 a2 
 x0 −  centimeter long.
 8 

y2 = 8x • The weight (or mass) of a proton is
dy 4 1,836.1526675 times heavier than the weight (or
= mass) of an electron.
dx y
at P y=a • The electron was first discovered before the
dy 4 proton and neutron, in 1897 from English
= = tan(90º – θ)
dx a physicist John Joseph Thomson.
a
or tan θ = …(ii) • The neutron was discovered after the proton in
4
1932 from British physicist James Chadwick,
eq.(i) and (ii)
which proved an important discovery in the
x0 = 2
development of nuclear reactors.

23. [3] • Carbon dioxide was discovered by Scottish

We have chemist Joseph Black.
 1 1 
E = 13.6 Z2  2 − 2  (in eV) • When silver nitrate is exposed to light, it results
 n1 n 2  in a blackening effect. (Discovered by Scheele,
which became an important discovery for the
 1 1 
10.2 + 17 = 13.6 Z2  2 − 2  …(i) development of photography).
2 n 
and
 1 1 
4.25 + 5.95 = 13.6 Z2  2 − 2  …(ii)
3 n 
from (i) & (ii)
n = 6 and Z = 3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 92 MARCH 2012

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER
IIT-JEE - II - II)
(PAPER
10. [A,B,C]
CHEMISTRY Na2BF3, Na2ClO4, conc HNO3 + H2SO4 used for
nitration of benzene.
D O O
11. [A,C,D]
Θ
OH Salt bridge is used to eliminate liquid junction
1. [C] potential arised due to different speed of ions persent
Θ in cathodic & anodic compartment
HC
O 12. [A,B,C,D]
OH
[ H 3O + ][ HS ¯]
– (A) Ka =
H– OH

→ + OH [H 2 S ]
(B) Higher the Kc high is stability
(C) Fact
2. [B] [ RNH 3+ ][OH ¯]
CH3–CH–CH2–C≡CH CH3–CH–C≡C–CH3 (D) Kb =
[ RNH 2 ]
CH3 CH3
,
13. [A → Q,S; B → R; C → P; D → T; ]
3. [B] III < I < II Electrochenical cell → ∆G < 0, Salt bridge
Ist law of faraday → W = Zit
4. [D] Electrolytic cell → ∆G > 0
D Cl Lead acid cell → rechargeable

H Br I H 14. [A → S; B → R; C → Q; D → T;]
H Cl D H
I Br 15. [2]
Both are enantiomers. ⊕
NH3–CH–CH2–CH2–COOH
5. [D] Insulin → Zinc (Zn); Haemoglobin → Fe
B12 → Co COO Θ
Two group present in above compound.
6. [B]
∆ H2O + H2SO4 16. [5]
Cr2O3 Na2CrO4 Na2CrO7
Na2CO3
Green (CH3COO)2 Pb Orange 17. [6]

PbCrO4 18. [6]

Yellow 19. [4] 2Al + Fe2O3 —→ 2Fe + Al2O3
7. [D] As2S3 sol particles absorb S2– as common ion ∆H = – 399 – (– 199) = – 200 Kcal / ml
54 160
 (300 – V ) × 1  vol. = + = 50.7 ml
8. [C] pH = pKa + log   2.7 5.2
 1× V  ∆H 200
∴ = = 4 Kcal / ml
 (300 – V )  ml 50.7
4.5 = 4.2 + log   ; V = 100 ml
 V 
20. [2] rλ = 100 r1 ; C2 = 10C1 ⇒ n = 2
9. [C,D] Both C and D pair are same IUPAC name.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 93 MARCH 2012

 3(cos x + sin x) 2 (cos x − sin x)
MATHEMATICS = lim
x→
π 2(cos x − sin x) (cos x + sin x)
4

1. [C] Let ABC be the triangle with b + c = x and 3 3 2 3

= lim × (cos x + sin x) = × =
bc = y, then a = z, and from the given relations we x→
π 2 2 2 2
4
have (b + c + a) (b + c – a) = bc
⇒ b2 + c2 – a2 = – bc
5. [A]
b2 + c2 − a2 1
⇒ =− Function is diff. at x = 1 it means function is
2bc 2 continuous at x = 1, diff. at x = 1
1 R.H.L. at x = 1 = L.H.L. at x = 1, R.H.D. = L.H.D.
⇒ cos A = – = cos 120º
2 a cos (0) + b = 1
⇒ A = 120º and the triangle is obtuse angled. a+b=1 ....(1)
⇒ A is an obtuse angle. (–2 a sin (2x – 2) + 2bx)x = 1
= (2x2 e2(x – 1) + 2xe2(x – 1))x = 1
r1 4 R sin( A / 2) cos( B / 2) cos(C / 2)
2. [D] = 0 + 2b = 2 + 2
bc 2 R sin B.2 R sin C 2b = 4
sin( A / 2)
= b=2
4 R sin( B / 2) sin(C / 2) so a = 1 – b = 1 – 2 = – 1
sin 2 ( A / 2)
=
4 R sin( A / 2) sin( B / 2) sin(C / 2) 6. [A]
sin 2 ( A / 2) P(x, y) be a point on the curve
= ln (x2 + y2) = c tan–1 y/x
r
differentiating both side with respect to x
r1 r2 r3
So that + + 2 x + 2 yy ' c( xy '− y )
bc ca ab =
1 (x 2 + y 2 ) x2 + y2
= [(sin2 (A/2) + sin2 (B/2)+ sin2 (C/2)]
r 2 x + cy
⇒y'= = m1
1 cx − 2 y
= (1 – cos A + 1 – cos B + 1 – cos C)
2r slope of OP = y/x = m2
1
= [3 – (cos A + cos B + cos C)] 2 x + cy y
2r −
m1 − m2 cx − 2 y x
1 so tan θ = = = 2/c
= [3 – (1 + 4 sin (A/2) sin (B/2) sin (C/2))] 1 + m1m2 2 xy + cy 2
2r 1+ 2
1  r 1 1 cx − 2 xy
=  2−  = −
2r  R  r 2R θ = tan–1 (2/c) which is independent of x and y

3. [B] 7. [B]
f (θ) = cos2θ + sin4 θ f (x) = 2x3 + ax2 + bx – 3cos2x
f (θ) = cos2θ + (1 – cos2 θ)2 f '(x) = 6x2 + 2ax + b + 3 sin 2x > 0
f (θ) = (cos2 θ – 1/2)2 + 3/4 6x2 + 2ax + b – 3 > 0 as sin 2x ≥ – 1
(f (θ))min = 3/4. ∴ 4a2 – 4b(b – 3) < 0 ⇒ a2 – 6b + 18 < 0

2 2 − (cos x + sin x) 3 8. [D]

4. [D] f (x) = (0/0)
1 − sin 2 x x = φ(t) = t5 – 5t3 – 20t + 7
L'Hospital Rule dx
= φ '(t) = 5t4 – 15 t2 – 20 = 5(t2 – 4) (t2 + 1) ≠ 0
lim f (x) dt
π
x→
4 If – 2 < t < 2
3(cos x + sin x) 2 (− sin x + cos x) y = ψ(t) = 4t3 – 3t2 – 18t + 3
= lim –
x→
π − 2 cos 2 x dy
4 = ψ'(t) = 12 t2 – 6t – 18
dt

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 94 MARCH 2012

 dy  9 
= 0 ⇒ t = – 1 or 3/2 (D) Range of function cosx + cos 2x is − ,2
dt  8 
d2y put cos x = t, t∈[–1, 1] therefore
= ψ"(t) = 24t – 6 ⇒ ψ"(–1) = – 30
dt 2 9
+ cos x + cos 2x > 0 for all x
and ψ"(3/2) = 30 8
y = f (x) is minimum at t = 3/2
11. [A,B,D]
9. [A,D] x + |y| = 2y
a − b sin A − sin B 3y = x if y < 0
cos θ = = y = x is y ≥ 0
c sin C
[by the law of sine]
2 cos[(1 / 2) ( A + B)] sin[(1 / 2) ( A − B)] y = x, y ≥ 0
=
2 sin[(1 / 2) C ] cos[(1 / 2)C ]
2 sin[(1 / 2)C ] sin[(1 / 2) ( A − B)] y = x/3
=
2 sin[(1 / 2)C ] sin[(1 / 2)( A + B)]
sin[(1 / 2) ( A − B)] y = 1/3 x y<0
=
sin[(1 / 2)( A + B)] y=x y>0
(A) domain and range of function is set of real
sin 2 [(1 / 2) ( A + B )] − sin 2[(1 / 2) ( A − B )] numbers so (A) is true
⇒ sin θ =
sin[(1 / 2) ( A + B )] (B) f (0) = L.H.L = R.H.L
so (B) is true
sin A sin B
= (D) L.H.D. = 1/3 and R.H.D. = 1 so (D) is true
sin[(1 / 2) ( A + B)]
(a + b) sin θ
⇒
2 ab 12. [B,D]
Take river as x axis, line joining origin and
sin A + sin B sin A sin B village A as x axis
=
2 sin A sin B sin[(1 / 2) ( A + B)]
2 sin(1 / 2)( A + B ) cos(1 / 2)( A − B ) B(b, k)
=
1 P
2 sin  ( A + B ) c
2 A'
= cos [(1/2) (A – B)] (–a, 0) A(a, 0)
c sin θ sin C
and = k2 = c2 – (b – a)2
2 ab 2 sin A sin B
image of A in the river, this is A' and BA' must be
sin A sin B minimum value of PA + PB
sin[(1 / 2) ( A + B)] BA' = (b + a ) 2 + k 2
2 sin(C / 2) cos(C / 2)
= = cos ((A + B)/2) = (b + a ) 2 + c 2 − (b − a ) 2 = c 2 + 4ab
2 sin[( A + B) / 2]

10. [A,B,D] 13. A → P,R,T; B → P,R,T; C → Q,S; D → P,S

(A) sin[x] + cos[x] is defined for all x, since [x], sin 2 ( x)
sinθ, cosθ are always defined. (A) Lim f(x) = = Lim sin(x) = 0 = f(0)
x →0 x x →0
(B) sin x is always defined and 1 + sin2 x ≥ 1 ⇒ continuous
⇒ sec–1(1+ sin2 x) is defined for all x
sin 2 x
π −0
(C) tan(log x) is not defined if logx = (2k + 1) x
2 f '(0) = Lim =1
x →0 x

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 95 MARCH 2012

 ⇒ differentiable 6. [4] zi – z i + 2 = 0
(B) f(0–) = Lim (x3 – 2x) = 0 ⇒ (z – z ) = 2i ⇒ Im (z) = 1
x →0
z (1 + i) + z (1 –i) + 2 = 0
f(0) = f(0+) = Lim (x2 – 2sin (x)) = 0
x →0 ⇒ (z + z ) + i (z – z ) + 2 = 0
⇒ continuous ⇒z=–z ⇒z=i
f '(0) = Lim (3x2 – 2) = – 2 ⇓
x →0
+
Re(z) = 0
f '(0 ) = Lim+ (2π – 2cos(x)) = – 2 Let the point on the line be z so |z –i| = 2
x →0
⇒ differentiable 3i
(C) f (0–) = 4 & f (0+) = 5 ⇒ discontinuous ⇒ non diff.
(D) At x = 1, f (x) = 3 – 2x, which is polynomial
i
⇒ continuous & nondifferentiable

14. A → Q, B → S, C → S, D → R –i
(A) x = sin θ & y = cos θ
x + y = sin θ + cos θ |z|max = |3i| = 3
|z|min = | –i| = 1
2 sin (θ + π/4) ⇒ min. value = – 2
=
sum = 4
(B) y = a cos x – 1/3 cos (3x)
9 3 − 2 3 
y'(π/6) = 0 ⇒ – a sin π/6 + sin π/2 = – +1=0
2 17. [3] A = 2 1 − 1
⇒a=2 4 − 3 2 
(C) f '(x) = 1 – 2 cosx
f '(x) > 0 ⇒ cos(x) < 1/2 ⇒ x ∈ (π/3, 5π/3)  − 1 − 5 − 1
 
adj A =  − 8 − 6 9  & |A| = – 17
⇒ a = 1/3, b = 5/3 ⇒ a + b = 2
(D) at x = 0, y = – e0 = – 1 − 10 1 7 
y' = 1/2 e–x/2 = y' (0) = 1/2
 3 0 3   x  8   2 y 
Equation of tangent y + 1 = 1/2 (x – 0)        
⇒ 2 1 0  y  = 1  +  z  is equivalent to
x y
⇒ + ⇒ p = 2, q = – 1 4 0 2  z  4 3 y 
2 −1
So, p – q = 3  3 − 2 3   x  8 
2 1 − 1  y  = 1 
15. [7] Let Ei denote the event that out of the first k      
4 − 3 2   z  4
balls drawn, i balls are green. Let A denote the event
that (k + 1)th ball drawn is also green. ∴ solution is given by
14
Ci × 6 C k −i  x  − 1 − 5 − 1 8   − 17 
P(Ei) = 20
; 0≤i≤k  y  = 1  − 8 − 6 9  1  = − 1 − 34
Ck
  − 17    17  
14 − i  z  − 10 1 7  4  − 51
and P(A/Ei) =
20 − k ∴x = 1 , y = 2, z = 3
14 6
k
C j × Ck −i 14 − j
Now P(A) = ∑j =0
20
Ck
+
20 − k
18. [1] Given planes are
x – cy – bz = 0 ... (i)
Also (1 + x)14 – 1 (1 + x)6 cx – y + az = 0 ... (ii)
= (14–1C0 + 14–1C1x +.......+ 14 – 1C14 – 1 x14–1) bx + ay – z = 0 ... (iii)
(6C0 + 6C1x + .......+ 6C6x6) equation of plane passing through the line of
k intersection of plane (i) and (ii) may be taken as
⇒ ∑(
j=0
14−1
C j + 6 Ck − j ) = co-efficient of xk (x – cy –bz) + λ (cx – y + az) = 0
⇒ (1 + λc) x – y (c + λ) + z (aλ – b) = 0 ....(iv)
14 14 If plane (iii) and (iv) are same then
∴ P(E) = = ⇒ 10P(Ε) = 7
6 + 14 20

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 96 MARCH 2012

 1 + λ c − ( c + λ ) aλ − b from (2) and (3)
= =
b a −1 180 80
a= and b =
a + bc ab + c 119 119
⇒λ=– =–
ac + b 1 − a2 180 2 80 Ax 2 + Bx
f (x) = x + x=
⇒ a – a3 + bc – a2 bc = a2 bc + ac2 + ab2 + bc 119 119 119
⇒ a2 + b2 + c2 + 2abc = 1 A = 180 B = 80
A+ B
19. [7] y = Axm + Bx–n A + B = 260 ⇒ =1
260
dy
⇒ = Amxm–1 – nBx–n–1
dx
d2y
⇒ = Am (m –1) xm–2 + n (n +1) Bx–n –2 PHYSICS
dx 2
d2y dy 1. [C]
Putting these values in x2 2
+ 2x = 12y
dx dx
We have = m (m + 1) Axm + n (n –1) Bx–n
A
= 12 (Axm + Bx–n)
FB
⇒ m (m +1) = 12 or n (n –1) = 12 0.4 m
⇒ m = 3, –4 or n = 4, –3 mg
θ
O
1 1
Let x length of plank is inside the water (i.e. AO =
20. [1] f (x) = x + x ∫ y2 f (y) dy + x2 ∫ y f (y) dy x)
0 0 x sinθ = 0.4 …(i)
 1  1  buoyant force, FB = xA0ρWg
∫ ∫
2 2
= x 1 + y f ( y )dy + x  yf ( y )dy 
  for rotational equilibrium about O
 0   0 
x l
f (x) is quadratic expression FB cos θ = mg cos θ
2 2
f (x) = ax + bx2 or f (y) = ay + by2 …(1)
x l
1 (xA0 ρWg) = lA0ρp g
∫ 2 2
2
a=1+ y f (y) dy
0 ρp
x2 = l2 = (0.8)2 × 0.5
1
ρw
=1+ ∫ y2 (ay + by2) dy
0 .8
0 x= ….(ii)
1 2
 ay by 
4 5
=1+  +  from (i) and (ii)
 4 5 0 1 π
sin θ = or θ =
a b 2 4
a=1+  +  …(2)
 4 5
2. [C]
20a = 20 + 5a + 4b When water cools down to 0ºC then heat released
15a – 4b = 20 ∆Q = 5 × 1 × 30 = 150 cal. while heat required to
1 1 convert ice into water at 0ºC
b= ∫
0
y f (y) dy = ∫
0
y (ay + by)2 dy (ice)–20ºC → (ice)0ºC → (water)0ºC
Q1 = 5 × 0.5 × 20 = 50 cal
1
 ay 3 by 4  a b Q2 = 5 × 80 = 400
=  +  ⇒b= +
 ∆Q′ = 450 cal
 3 4 0 3 4
here 50 < ∆Q < 450
12 b = 4a + 3b i.e final temperature is 0ºC with some ice melt.
9b – 4a = 0 …(3)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 97 MARCH 2012

3. [B] Electric potential at A
The given circuit can be simplified as 1 Q 1 Q
i1 VA = =
4π ∈0 R 2 + 3R 2 4π ∈0 (2R )
A
at origin
1 Q
V0 =
4π ∈0 R
We have
20V W = q(V0 – VA) = ∆K
20
reading of ammeter, i1 = = 2A
10 7. [C]
4. [B] 2 90º 3
y r
1 i O i
ay L L 4
L
u
x r=
O 2
at origin, Here B1 = B4 = 0
vx = u µ i
dv x B2 = B3 = 0 × (2 sin 45°)
ax = = 2ux 2π (L / 2 )
dt
µ i
we have B2 = B3 = 0
y = x2 2πL
r r r r r
dy dx B net = B1 + B 2 + B3 + B 4
= 2x =0 r
dt dt µ i
B net = 0
d2y dx π L
2
= 2u
dt dt
8. [A] XL = ωL = 50 Ω
ay = 2u2
1
a= a 2x + a 2y XC = = 100 Ω
ωC
a = 2u2 along y-axis
Z= R 2 + (X C − X L ) 2 = 50 2 Ω
5. [B] Vrms
+ irms = = 2A
+ Z
+
+ r
λ Pav = i 2rms R = 200 W
+ E=
2π ∈0 r 9. [A,B,C,D]
We have For maximum range, θ = 45º
2r
r r u2
VB – VA = dV = − E . d r ∫
3r
i.e. x =
g
⇒u= gx

W = q dV T
warning time t =
λq 0  3  2
W= ln 
2π ∈0  2  u x
t= =
g 2 2g
6. [D]
+ gx
+ +
+ R+ A at max. height, v = u cos 45º =
x 2
+ +
+ + x = 3R u2 u2 x
+ max. height H = (sin 45º)2 = =
Q=λ2πR 2g 4g 4

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 98 MARCH 2012

10. [A,B,D] V
VAB = at steady state.
Q 4
fixed v
CV
⇓ Hence charge on capacitor, q1 =
4
Q r0 When only S2 → closed then
C
fixed v′=0 3r B
Apply conservation of mechanical energy A
2r
1 1 Q2
mv2 =
2 4π ∈0 r0 V
Q 2 2
r0 = VAB = V at steady state
2π ∈0 mv 2 5
1 1 2
hence max. charge, q2 = CV
r0 ∝ Q2, r0 ∝ ,r∝ 2 5
m v
When only S3 → closed then
11. [A,C] 3r C
We have
dA
|ε|=B V
dt q3 = CV
dA When all switches are closed then
here increases first then decreases.
dt C
3r
εmax = Bvl 2

12. [B,C]
V
We have
no charge appear on capacitor.
T
1 1
iav =
T ∫
0
i dt = (Area of i – t curve)
T 14. A → S ; B → R ; C → P; D → Q
α = 90º – 60º = 30º
i0
im = 2u sin α 2 × 40 10
2 T= = × = 4 sec
g 10 2
T T/2
1 2 1
∫ ∫i
2
irms = i dt = ×2 dt u 2 sin 2α 40 × 40 3
T0 T R= = ×
0 g 10 2
we have
R = 80 3 m
 2i  T
i =  0  t for 0 ≤ t ≤ u 2 sin 2 α 40 × 40
 T  2 H= = = 40 m
2g 2 × 10 × 4
We get
i
irms = 0 15. [4]
3 Electric field lines are perpendicular to equipotential
surfaces and electric potential decreases along
13. A→P; B→Q;C→S; D→T electric field.
When only S1 → closed then 80V 60V 40V 20V
C
3r B 90º
A 30º 30º
r
B
120º r
V E

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 99 MARCH 2012

 From A → B 18. [6]
| dV | = –E dr cos 120º
1 O
20 = E × (10 × 10–2) × C 2 cm
2 2 cm
E = 400 N/C
f
3f/2
V2 V2 For upper part of lens
16. [6] We have P = or R =
R P 3f
40 W 50 W u= − , h0 = 2 cm
2
h f
m= i = = 0.5
h0  − 3f 
f + 
V0  2 
200 × 200 hi = 2 × 0.5 = 1 cm
R40W = = 1000 Ω i.e. image is formed at a height of 3 cm (i.e. 2 +
40
1) from main principle axis. (above principle axis)
200 × 200
R50W = = 800 Ω Similarly for lower part, image is formed 3
50 cm below main principle axis. Hence distance
Let max. voltage of main supply is V0 then between image = 3 + 3 = 6 cm.
4
V40W = × V0 = 200
9 19. [5]
V0 = 450 V Velocity of centre of mass of cylinder w.r.t. plank,
and vcp = 20 – 10 = 10 m/s
5 10
V50W = V0 = 200 = 360 V We have vcp = Rω ⇒ ω =
9 R
hence for safety of both bulb, V0 should be 1 2 1
Kinetic energy KE = mv cm + Iω2
360 V and for this main supply voltage V40W 2 2
= 200V hence it glows with full intensity.
1 1 R2
= × 2 × 400 + ×2× ×
2 2 2
17. [4] 5kg 100
A B R2
37º = 450 J
i.e. n = 5
4
flim = µmgcosθ = 0.5 × 50 × = 20 N
5
20. [3] We have
mg sin 37 º +f lim
max. mass of block B is = GM 4 πR 3ρ
g g= = G ×
R2 3 R2
30 + 20 50
m2 = = = 5 kg 4
10 10 g ∝ Rρ and m = πR 3ρ
3
min. mass of block B
mg sin 30º −f lim g1  R  ρ 
m1 = =  1   1 
g g2  R 2   ρ2 
3
m1 = 1 kg m   ρ2   R1 
and  1  ×   =  
 m2   ρ1   R 2 
m2 – m1 = 4

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 100 MARCH 2012

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER
AIEEE- II
or NH3 formed is 0.16 mole or 2a = 0.16
CHEMISTRY ∴ a = 0.08
∴ Initial mole = 0.8
1. [3] Final mole = (0.2 – 0.08) + (0.6 – 0.24) + 0.16
2. [3] = 0.12 + 0.36 + 0.16 = 0.64
O OH 0.64 4
CH3–Mg–Br ∴Ratio of final to initial mole = = 0.8 =
CH3–CH–CH3 0.8 5
CH3–C–H
H3O⊕ (Propan-2-ol)
C2H5OH 15. [1]
CH3–CH(OC2H5)2
H⊕ ∆Gº = – 2.303 RT logK
(Acetal)
– 4.606 × 103 = – 2.303 × 2 × 500 log K
3. [2]
K = 100
CH3
.. ⊕
3CH3–I + C2H5NH2 C2H5–N–CH3 I 16. [2]Stronger is acid, weaker is its conjugate base.
CH3
4. [4] 5. [3] 17. [3] He has highest ionization energy.

6. [4] Laderer monassey reaction 18. [3] Cl(g) + e– → Cl–(g) + EA ; ∆H = – EA

19. [4] In silica, one Si atom is attached with four

7. [3] Paracetamol
oxygen atoms.
8. [2] Fact 20. [2] XeF4 contains two, XeF6 one, XeOF2 two and
XeF2 three lone pairs of electrons.
9. [4] Na2HPO4 is group reagent of VIth group
mol 21. [4]
10. [4] r ∝
M .M
22. [1] Addition of Cl2/H2O is an electrophilic addition
reaction and Rate µ stability of carbocation
11. [4]
formed.
12. [1]
23. [2]
Rate of dehydration ∝ stability of carbocation
CHO
of alcohol Na-liq.NH3 (i) O3
2 CH2
C2H5OH (ii) H2O-Zn
13. [3] O CH2 CHO
24. [3]
HI Br
2 NaNH2
OH + I – CH2 CH3–CH–CH2–Br –2HBr H3C–C≡CH
14. [1] N2(g) + 3H2 (g) –NH3 NaNH2
2NH3 (g) ⊕
Initially at eq. 0.2 0.6 0 CH3–C≡C Na
(0.2 – a) (0.6 – 3a) 2a C2H5Br
Total mixture is 0.8; 40% of it reacts, i.e.,
CH3–C≡C–C2H5
0.8 × 40 0.8 × 40 1
reacts to give × mole of NH3
100 100 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 101 MARCH 2012

 F
F
MATHEMATICS
25. [2] Cl C1–––––C2 Br
log 25 log 5
Cl 31. [2] f(x) = 2
, g(x) =
log x log x
Br
2
AT C1 : → Domain x ≠ 0 Domain
(3) F (1) x≠0 x > 0, x ≠1
(4)
and
Cw
Cl C–– CF(Br)Cl
Exchange
(4) C––––(2) R-form x≠1
Method
(2) equality hold only for
x > 0, x ≠1
Br (1) (3)
or
At C2 : →
F (3) 4
(0, 1) ∪ (1, ∞)
2 log 5
Excharge ACw f(x) = = log x5
Br(C1)FC–––C Br (3)––C 2 2 log x
Method
(4) (1) S-form
Cl 1
(2) 32. [3] The given curve is symmetric about the X-axis
F as shown below
F y

Br C–––––C Cl
y2= 4ax
Cl x' O x
Br
At C1 : →
(3) F (4)
y'
(4) Cw
C1––CF(Cl)Br
Exchange C1––(3) 9a
Br (2) R-form
(1) ∴ The required area = 2 ∫ 4ax dx
Cl (1) a

(2) 9a

= 4 a
x x
 =
3 / 2 
8 a
3
27 a a − a a [ ]
At C2 : →  a
F (3) 1 208a 2
(4) =
Exchange ACw 3
Br(Cl)FC––C Cl (2) (2)––C 4
S-form
1 1
Br (1) 3 33. [2] Sλ = 1 + + + ............ ∞
λ λ2
26. [1] Due to formation of Intramolecular H.B λ
= ⇒ λ = (λ – 1 )Sλ
Conjugated base if I and II is more stable. λ −1
Due to ortho effect III is more acidic than IV n n

II > I > III > IV

∴ ∑
λ =1
(λ − 1) S λ = ∑λ
λ =1

n(n + 1)
=
27. [2] SPM allows only solvent molecules to pass 2
through 7
  2π   2π  
cos  − sin  
28. [2] Edge-centre atom is shared in 4 cubic unit cells. 34. [2]   
7  7   = 1 0 
 2 π   2π   0 1 
 sin  

  7   cos  
29. [3] In electrochemical cells, anode = –ve   7  
here k = 7

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 102 MARCH 2012

35. [1] We have 10 digits {0, 1, 2, ---, 9} ⇒ ax + y – 2 = 0, & 6x + ay – a = 0
Select any 2 and write in descending order a a 2 − 12
10.9 solving x = 2 ,y= 2
n = 10C2 .1 = = 45 a −6 a −6
2 2
a a − 12
⇒ = 2
36. [3] P (Exactly two of A, B and C occur) a2 − 6 a −6
= P(B ∩ C) + P(C ∩ A) + P(A ∩ B) –3 P(A ∩ B ∩ C) ⇒ a2 – a – 12 = 0
= P(B). P(C) + P(C) . P(A) + P(A). P(B) ⇒ (a – 4) (a + 3) = 0
–3 P(A). P(B). P(C) ⇒ a = 4, a = – 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y
= × + × + × – 3× × × = y=x
2 4 4 3 2 3 3 2 4 4

37. [4] We have A  12 12 

40. [2]  , 
a ≤ xi ≤ b ; i = 1, 2, 3.........n ...(1) 7 7
n n n (0,0)
x
∑i =1
a≤ ∑ i =1
xi ≤ ∑
i =1
b (1,0)(2,0)(3,0)
4x + 3y = 12
(–2,–2) y +2 = 0
n n B C
1
na ≤ ∑
i =1
xi ≤ nb ⇒ a ≤
n ∑x ≤ b
i =1
i 9 
 ,−2 
2 

a≤ x≤b⇒–b≤– x≤–a ...(2)

By (1) and (2), we get
(a – b) ≤ (xi– x ) ≤ (b –a) , i = 1, 2 , ........ n
|xi– x | ≤ (b –a) , i = 1, 2 , ........ n B C (1, 1)
(xi – x )2 ≤ (b – a)2 ; i = 1, 2, ......n 41. [1] (0, 1)
n (r,r)
∑i =1
( xi − x ) 2 ≤ n(b – a)2
A D (1, 0)
var (x) ≤ (b – a)2
(r − 1) 2 + (r − 1) 2 = r
38. [2] ⇒ 2(r – 12) =r2
e'
⇒ 2(r2 – 2r + 1) = r2
e ⇒ r2 – 4r + 2 = 0
x y 4 ± 16 − 8
+ =1 ....(1) r=
e e' 2
Hyperbola & it's conjugate hyperbola 4±2 2
r=
1 1 2
2
+ 2 1
e1 e2 r=2± 2
4 4
2
+ =1 r r r r
e e' 2 42. [3] LHS → AB . CD = (b − a ) . (d − c )
1 1 1 r r r r r r r r
2
+ 2
= = b .d – b .c – a .d +a .c
e e' 4
x2 + y2 = r2 RHS → k{| AD |2 + | BC |2– | AC |2 – | BD |2}
r r r r r r r r
p=r = k { | d − a |2 + | c − b |2 – | c − a |2 – | d − b |2 }
| 0 + 0 −1 | rr rr rr rr
= r ⇒ r =2 = k {– 2 (a.d + c .b ) + 2[ (a.c ) + (d .b ) ]}
1 1 rr r r rr r r
2
+ 2 = 2k {a.c + b .d − b .c − a.d } ...(2)
e e'
1
By (1) and (2) ⇒ k =
39. [1] First two family of lines passes through (1, 1) 2
and (3, 3) respectively.
⇒ Point of intersection of lines belonging to
third family will lie on y = x

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 103 MARCH 2012

43. [1]
a1a 2 + b1b2 + c1c2 1
r r r r 1 1 1 ⇒ cosθ = =
Given (a × b ) × (c × d ) = iˆ – ĵ + k̂ ...(1) a12 + b12 + c12 a22 + b22 + c22 2
6 3 3
r r r r 3 π
Q a . b = | a || b | cos30º = ...(2) ⇒θ=
2 3
r
Q ar, b , cr are coplaner vectors
 r rr 46. [3] f(0) = λ [0] = 0
∴ [a b c ] = 0 1
r r r r L.H.L. lim 5 0 − h = 0
( a × b ) × (c × d ) h→0
r r r r r r r r R.H.L. lim λ [0 + h] = 0 ∀ λ ∈ R
= { (a × b ).d } c –{ (a × b ).c} d h→0

r r r r 1 ˆ 1 1
= [a b d ]c = i – ĵ + k̂ {By (1)}
6 3 3 47. [1] x2 + y2 ≤ 4
1 ˆ R = {(–2, 0) , (–1, 0), (–1, 1) , (–1, –1), (0, 0), (0, 1),
= (i − 2 ˆj + 2kˆ) (0, 2), (0, –1), (0, –2), (0,0), (1, 1), (1, –1), (2, 0)}
6
⇒ DR = {–2, –1, 0 , 1, 2}
r  iˆ − 2 ˆj + 2kˆ 
= c= 
 3  48. [3]
 
(i) R1 is not a relation Q 4 ∉ A
x −1 y z
44. [3] L1 : = = ...(1) (ii) R2 is subset of A × B, ∴ it is a relation
1 −1 2
(iii) R3 is subset of A × B, ∴ it is relation
x +1 y z −3
L2 : = = ...(2) (iv) R4 is subset of A × B, ∴ it is relation
2 2 λ
Shortest distance between the lines (1) & (2) is
r r r r 49. [2] Area of ∆ formed by z, ωz, z + ωz
(a1 − a 2 ).(b1 × b2 )
⇒ r r =1 1
| b1 × b2 | = |z|2. sin 120º
2
⇒ λ=? 1 2 3
But it is given (z) sin (120º) =
2 100
45. [1] l+m+n=0 ...(1)
1
and lm = 0 ...(2) |z|2 =
25
⇒ l = 0 or m = 0
1
By (1) l = – m – n (3) |z | =
5
Case (I)
If m = 0 1 1 1
| z + ωz| = |z| | 1 +ω| = | –ω2| = × 1 =
5 5 5
By (3) ⇒ l = – n
∴ DR's of line (1) is (Q 1 + ω = –ω2)
50. [1] do your self
 a1, b1, c1

⇒ − n, 0, n
 − 1, 0, 1 51. [4]
 Let g(x) = f(x) – x2 ⇒ [g(1) = 0 , g(2) = 0,
Case (II) g(3) = 0 as f (1) = 1, f (2) = 4, f (3) = 9]
If l = 0 From RT on g(x), g' (c1) = 0 for at least x ∈ (1, 2)
By (3) ⇒ m = – n ⇒ c1 ∈ (1, 2)
DR's of line (2) is RT on g (x), g' (c2) = 0 for at least x ∈ (2, 3)
a 2, b2, c2 ⇒ c2 ∈ (2, 3)
 l, m, n
 ∴ Now g' (c1) = g' (c2) = 0
⇒ 
 0, − n, n ⇒ so between x ∈ [c1, c2], g" (x) = 0
 0, − 1, 1 ⇒ f" (x) –2 = 0 ⇒ f" (x) = 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 104 MARCH 2012

 sin 2 x 57. [2] Statement I and Statement II both correct and
52. [3] ∫ cos 6
x
dx = ∫ tan 2 x . sec4 x dx statement II is correct explanation of Statement I.

∫
= tan 2 x (1 + tan2x). sec2 xdx 58. [2] P(A∩ B ) = P(A) P( B )
tan x = t = P(A) ⋅ (1–P(B))
dy du
53. [3] y = um ⇒ = mum–1. 59. [4] Contra positive of compound statement
dx dx
~ (p ∧ q) → q ≡ ~ q → ~ (~( p ∧ q))
du
Hence, 2x4.um.m um–1. + u4m = 4x6 ~ (p ∧ q) → q ≡ ~ q → (p ∧ q)
dx
so, statement I is wrong.
du 4 x 6 − u 4m 3 but statement II is correct.
= ⇒ 4m = 6 ⇒ m = and
dx 2mx 4u 2 m −1 2
3 60. [2] Both statements are correct and statement 2 is
2m – 1 = 2 ⇒ m =
2 correct explanation of statement 1

(1,2)
PHYSICS
61. [3] Statement 1 is true, statement 2 is false.
(t2, 2t)
54. [3]
62. [3] A halved, δ halved.
5
63. [1] Vfather =
60
5
For the daughter V = , after catches M = 21
Equation of tangent at (1, 2) 21
y . 2 = 2 (x + 1)
64. [3] dτ = (dq)E(2x sin θ)
x–y+1=0
image pt of (t2, 2t) about line x – y + 1 = 0 +λ
x −t2 y − 2t − 2(t 2 − 2t + 1) +
= =
1 −1 2
x = t2 – t2 + 2t – 1, y = 2t + t2 – 2t + 1
x = 2t – 1 y = t2 + 1
x +1 –λ
=t y – 1 = t2
2  σ 
= λ(dx)   (2x sin θ)

Eliminating  2ε 0 
( x + 1) 2 σλx sin θ
y–1= ⇒ (x + 1)2 = 4 (y – 1) = dx
4 ε0

55. [1] f (x) = min ({x + 1}, {x –1}) = min ({x}, {x}) = {x} σλl 2 sin θ
τ=
4 1 2ε 0
so ∫ f ( x)dx = 9. ∫ x − [ x]dx
−5 0
65. [3]
According to Newton law of cooling rate of loss of
heat (T – T0), where T is the average temperature
56. [2] Statement I and Statement II both correct and
in the given time interval hence.
statement II is correct explanation of Statement I.
 60 − 50   60 + 50 
m n m
m−n
− 
 Even  mC   ∝  – 25 
as h' (x) = x = .(x)  odd   10   2 
n n
(50 – T )  50 + T 
as h' (x) is undefined at x = 0 so h' (x) does not and mC ∝  625 
change. 10  2 
sign in neighbour hood ⇒ No extreme Solving we get : T = 42.85ºC

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 105 MARCH 2012

 1 f1 T1 ρ 2 r2 l2  1  1
66. [1] xrel = (v0)rel t + arel.t2 ∴ = = ( 2)    
2 f2 T2 ρ1 r1l1  2  4
1 2
x = v0t – at [arel = aman – abus = 0 – a] or f2 = 4f1
2
at2 – 2v0 t + 2x = 0 74. [1]
2v 0 ± 4v02 – 8ax vs O vs
t=
2a s s
v0 ± v02 – 4ax ∆f = f1 – f2
t=  v   v 
a = f   – f 
 v+v 
 v − vs   s 
v0 + v02 – 2ax
or t =  v  −1  v  −1 
a = f 1 − s  − 1 + s  
For time to be minimum  v   ν 

v02 – 4ax = 0  v   v  2 f vs
= f 1 + s  − 1 − s  =
v0 = 2ax  v   ν  v

1km
67. [4] Scooter ← → Bus dN
Relative distance = (time) (relative velocity) 75. [3] From – = λN
dt
(In uniform motion)
1000 = (100) vrel. n
n = λN or λ =
∴ 10 = (vs – vb) N
vs = 20 m/s
68. [3] Use, δm = (µ − 1) A 76. [2] Binding energy

69. [1] BE = (Mnucleus – Mnucleuon)c2

zener diode is used in parallel to load resistance is
connected in R.B. = (MO – 8Mp – 9Mn)c2
V 2 12 2
70. [4] P= = = 48 W
R 3 hc 1 1 
[2] Ek =  – 
71. [3]
77.
e  λ λ  (in eV)
 0 

6Ω 6.6 × 10 –34 × 3 × 108  1010 1010 

= – = 1.5 eV
2Ω 1.6 × 10 –19  1800 2300 
 
⇐ 3Ω
72. [4] 78. [2] Voltage gain = β(Resistance gain)

i 12V 79. [3] E is always negative

12V
12 2π
i= = 6A 80. [3] ω = 100 π =
2 T
81. [4] F = 2πrT
v T /m 22
73. [3] f ∝ ∝ F =2 × × 0.1 × 10–3 × 0.07
l l 7
T / ρs 1
∝ (m = mass per unit length = ρs) 82. [3] (K.E.)max = – (K.E.) of boy
l 2
1 1 1
T / ρr 2 (2m) u2 = × mu'2
∝ 2 2 2
l (K.E.)man = (K.E.) of boy
T /ρ 1 1
f ∝ (2m) (u + 1)2 = mu'2
rl 2 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 106 MARCH 2012

 m1v1 + m2 v2 5
83. [1] Vcm =
m1 + m2
= – m/s
3 CHEMISTRY JOKES
If you didn't get the joke, you probably didn't
84. [4] As no external force is applied understand the science behind it. If this is the case,
∴ (vcm = constant) = 0 it's a chance for you to learn a little chemistry.
Chemistry Joke 1:
 1 1  Q: Why do chemists call helium, curium and
85. [4] P = (µ – 1)  –  barium the medical elements?
 R1 R2  A: Because if you can't helium or curium, you
µ decreases, P decreases, f increases. barium!

Chemistry Joke 2:
86. [1] M ∝ k L1 L2
Q: What is the name of the molecule CH2O?
A: Seawater
87. [2]
Chemistry Joke 3:
88. [4] Q: What do you call a joke that is based on cobalt,
W1 = MB (cos 0º– cos 90º) radon, and yttrium?
A: CoRnY.
W2 = MB (cos 0º – cos 60º)
W1 = nW2
Chemistry Joke 4:
n=2 Q: If a mole of moles were digging a mole of holes,
what would you see?
89. [3] A: A mole of molasses.
Zener diode is always connected in RB and it act
as voltage regulator. Chemistry Joke 5:
Q: What does a teary-eyed, joyful Santa say about
90. [4] chemistry?
y A: HOH, HOH, HOH!

B1 i2 Chemistry Joke 6:
BR Susan was in chemistry. Susan is no more, for what
she thought was H2O was H2SO4.
x
30º ⇐ i1
Chemistry Joke 7:
B2 Q: Why is potassium a racist element?
Be A: Because, when you put three of them together,
you get KKK.
B2
tan 30º =
B1 Chemistry Joke 8:
B1 = 3 B2 An electron sitting in a prison asked a second
electron cellmate, "What are you in for?" To which
µ0i1 µi the latter replied, "For attempting a forbidden
= 3 02
2R 2R transition."
i1 1
i2 = = Amp. Chemistry Joke 9:
3 3
Q: What is the dullest element?
A: Bohrium

Chemistry Joke 10:

At the end of the semester, a 10th-grade chemistry
teacher asked her students what was the most
important thing that they learned in lab. A student
promptly raised his hand and said, "Never lick the
spoon."

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 107 MARCH 2012

 SOLUTION FOR MOCK TEST
PAPER - II
BIT-SAT
or Q2 sin2θ = P2 – Q2 cos2 θ
PHYSICS or Q2(sin2θ + cos2θ) = P2
 t But sin2θ + cos2θ = 1
1. [C] f = f0 1 –  ∴ Q2 = P2 or Q = P
 T
No need for negative sign.
At t = 0, v = 0
t 3. [C] In order to conserve momentum, C should
When f = 0, then = 1 or t = T
T move with speed v in a direction opposite to that
of B.
dv  t
= f0 1 – 
dt  T 4. [C] Percentage energy saved
t 1 2
or dv = f0 dt – f0 dt mv
T 2 v2
= × 100 = 2 × 100
1 2 v + 2 gh
vx T
1
T mv + mgh
∫
0
dv = f 0 ∫
0
dt – f 0
T ∫ t dt
0
2
12 × 12
= × 100 ≈ 38
f0 T 2 1 1 12 × 12 + 2 × 9.8 × 12
vx = f0T – = f0T – f0T = f0T
T 2 2 2
5. [C] Iω = constant,
Q sin θ
2. [A] tan β = ……. (i) 2 2π T
P + Q cos θ MR2 × = constant or 2 = constant
5 T R
R T' T 4T ' 24
R' Q or 2 = 2 or 2 = 2 or T ' = 6 hours
Q Q R /4 R R R
θ
β' β 1.22λ
P 6. [B] Limit of resolution of eye = θ =
D
Q sin(180º– θ)
tan β' = ……. (ii) 1.22 × 5 × 10 –7
P + Q cos(180º– θ) = = 2.03 × 10–4 rad
3 × 10 – 3
If the maximum distance at which dots are
90° resolved is x, then
180–θ θ β' β
1 mm 10 –3
θ= = = 2.03 × 10–4
Q sin θ x x
or tan β' =
P – Q cos θ 10 –3
or x = m ≈ 5m
But β' + 90º + β = 180° or β' = 90° – β 2.03 × 10 – 4
tan β' = tan(90° – β) = cot β
0.6
Q sin θ 7. [B] (a) f = – m = – 0.3 m = – 30 cm
∴ cot β = ……… (iii) 2
P – Q cos θ
1 1 1
Multiplying (i) and (iii), + =
v – 10 – 30
Q 2 sin 2 θ 1 1 1
=1 = –
P 2 – Q 2 cos 2 θ v 10 30

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 108 MARCH 2012

 1 3 –1 IgG
= 15. [B] S =
v 30 I − Ig
30 µ0 N  i1 i2 
or v = cm = 15 cm 16. [B] Bnet =  − 
2 2  r1 r2 
v 15
(c) m = – =– = 1.5 NP IS
u – 10 17. [A] =
NS IP
(d) Object lies between principal focus and pole.
So, the image is virtual and erect. 18. [D] In forward biasing both electrons and protons
→ →
move towards the junction and hence the width of
m r + m2 r 2 depletion region decreases.
8. [C] R CM = 1 1
m1 + m2 r r r r r r
19. [A] W = Q ( E ∆r ) = F . ∆r F = Q E
1(iˆ + 2 ˆj + kˆ) + 3(–3iˆ – 2 ˆj + kˆ)
= W = Q[e1 iˆ + e2 ĵ + e3 k̂ ] . (a iˆ + b ĵ )
1+ 3
W = Q(e1a + e2b)
= – 2iˆ – ĵ + k̂
V1 T V (273 + 27) 20. [C] Change will move along the circular line of
9. [C] V∝ T ⇒ = 1 ⇒ = force because x2 + y2 = 1 is the each of circle.
V2 T2 3V T2
θ θ
⇒ T2 = 900 K → 627°C [Q T(K) = 273 + t°C] 21. [A] σi = = . G = σ vG
i iG
10. [A] Initial and final states are same in all the σ
process. ⇒ i = σv
G
Hence ∆U = 0; in each case
 −
Rt 
By FLOT; ∆Q = ∆W = Area enclosed by curve 22. [C] i = i0 1 − e L 
with volume axis.  
 
Q (Area)1 < (Area)2 < (Area)3 ⇒ Q1 < Q2 < Q3 Rt
di i0 R − L
= e
11. [C] Resultant amplitude = a12 + a 22 + 2a1a 2 cos φ dt L
initially t = 0
π
= 0.32 + 0.4 2 + 2 × 0.3 × 0.4 × cos = 0.5 cm di i0 R
2 =
dt L
12. [A] N 1 1
Suppose nA = known frequency = 100 Hz. nB = ? 23. [A] = = t /T
N0 n 2 H
2
x = 2 = Beat frequency, which is decreasing after
t/2
loading (i.e.x ↓) 10 1
NA = + NB = 1  
Unknown tuning fork is loaded so nB↓ 2t / 1 2
Hence nA – nB ↓ = x↓ …… (i) → Wrong NA = NB
nB ↓ – nA = x ↓ …….(ii) → Correct 10 = 2t/2
⇒ nB = nA + x = 100 + 2 = 102 Hz.
t
⇒ log1010 = log102
13. [C] Current through each arm 2
PRQ & PSQ = 1 A t = 6.62 yr
VP – VR = 3V
VP – VS = 7V 24. [D] Potential difference across the resistance 20Ω.
VR – VS = 4V Which is V = i × 20
14. [B] V < E 48
i=
12 100 + 100 + 80 + 20
E = 12 + r _____(i)
6
25. [A] Intensity = Power per limit area.
11
& E = 11 + r _____(ii) P = pv
10 P 0.5
20 p= =
On solving r = v 3 × 108
7

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 109 MARCH 2012

 E 37. [B] T ∝ (r)3/2
26. [A] I =
R+r Since r is doubled therefore T is increased by a
P1 = I2R1 factor of [2]3/2 or 8 or 2 2
P2 = I2R2
So, the new time period is 365 × 2 2 days.
Power delivered is same in both cases.
2 2
L/3 L/6
 E   E  38. [C]
  R1 =   R2
 R1 + r   R2 + r 
L/2
R1 R2
= Using theorem of parallel axes,
( R1 + r ) 2 ( R2 + r ) 2 2
ML2 L
I= + M 
⇒ r = R1R2 12 6
ML2 ML2 4 ML2 ML2
B∆A I= + = =
27. [A] q = 12 36 36 9
R
1 P2
39. [D] KL2 = or p = L MK
28. [B] F = qvB sinθ 2 2M
→ → → →
29. [D] θ = 0 F = 0 40. [B] A . B = 0 ⇒ A ⊥ B
Hence no change in the velocity. → → → →
A × C = 0 ⇒ A || C
→ →
30. [A]
∴ B⊥ C ∴ θ = 90°
31. [C] Diamagnetic materials have negative
susceptibility

32. [D] r =
mV CHEMISTRY
qB
r1 V1 B2 1. [C]
= .
r2 V2 B1 Ca(OH)2 (aq.) + CO2(g) —→ CaCO3(s)
1 mol 100 g
ρ0
33. [B] ρ = given: 0.05 × 0.5 mol ?
1 + γ∆T
0.05 × 0.5 × 100
or 1(1 + γ × 4) = 0.998 = = 2.5 g
1
∴ γ = – 5 × 10–4/°C
Negative sign tells that for 0 – 4°C, water contracts n 1 w 1
2. [A] r= ∝ ⇒ ∝
on heating. t m M M
⇒ w∝ m
∂y
34. [A] From VP = – V ×
∂x 8 16
3. [D] No. of atoms per unit cell = + =4
∂y 8 2
At location of P, is – and V is along +ve
∂x 4 3 16 3
x-axis. Vol. of 4 atoms = 4 × πr = πr
3 3
So, VP is along +ve x-axis
h
4. [C] λ=
35. [C] Deviation should take place at each face. mv
Dispersion takes place at first face only.
h
5. [A] ∆x. ∆v =
36. [B] 1 atmosphere ≈ 10 Pa 5 4πm
Also, p = hρg 0.011
Here ∆v = 104 ×
= 10 × 1000 × 10 Pa = 105 Pa 100
So, total pressure is nearly 2 × 105 Pa

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 110 MARCH 2012

6. [D] ∆rHº = ∑ AgH º ( p) − ∑ AgH º ( R) 20. [C] Bicylo[1,1,0]
7. [C]
21. [D]
8. [C] ∆Hg > 0
1/ 2 δ–
 1  O
9. [C] K2 =  
Θ ⊕ Θ ⊕
 K1  R/Mgx + H–C–H → R–CH2–O/Mg x
δ+
[CH 3COO − ] HOH hydrolysis
10. [B] pH = pKa + log
[CH 3COOH ] R–CH2–OH+ Mg(OH)x
6 = pKa + log 1 ⇒ Ka = 10–6
22. [B] O .. OH
⊕ Θ
3+
11. [A] Al(OH)3(s) Al (aq) + 3OH¯(aq) (i) H/CN
CH3– C–H CH3– C–COOH
S 3S (NAR)
⊕
Given pH = 4 ∴ pm = 10 ∴ [m–] = 10–10 (ii) H3O H
ksp = [Al3+][OH¯]3 Lactic acid
⇒ 10–33 = S × (10–10)3 ⇒ S = 10–3 M
23. [C]
12. [B] r = k[A]2 CH3 CH3
Ether
CH– Br + 2Na + Br – CH
13. [C] CH3
CH3
CH3 CH3
14. [C] ∆Tb = Kb × m 2,3-dimethylbutane CH–CH
1.8 1000 H3C CH3
0.1 = Kb × ×
180 100
Kb = 1K/m CH2–OH
24. [D]
15. [D] E°cell = E°red (c) + E°oxi(A) CH–OH + COOH 110
 °C
→ HCOOH
= – 0.41 + 0.76 = 0.35 V
formic acid
16. [B] 2H+ + 2e– → H2 CH2–OH COOH
Glycerol
0.059 [ H + ]2
E = E° + log
2 [H 2 ]
CH3 H
E can be greater than E° if [H+] OH
C=C |
is increased. CH2–CH2–*C–CH3
25. [B] H
Br |
H
17. [B] + Br2 CCl
4 → Chiral centre
(optical activity is shown)
(Anti-addn reaction) Br
[Syn-addn] two geometrical isomers will be formed due to
double bond.
O O two optical isomers with one chiral centre
18. [A] → meso product
S 4

H 2O2
cis-alkene C2H5
OH
H OH
C2H5
19. [B]

CH2–CH=CH2 NBS
→ CH–CH=CH2
|
Br
[NBS. substitutes bromine at allylic position]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 111 MARCH 2012

26. [B] COOH 1
34. [C] POP ⇒ CaSO4. H2O
CH2 2

CH2
35. [B]
CH2
H
Ca(OH)2 H H Bridge H ⇒ 2
CH2 B B
H Terminal H ⇒ 4
COOH H
H
Adipic acid
O 36. [B] Order of Lewis Acid BCl3 < AlCl3
||
C–O
Ca 37. [C] Fact
C–O
||
O 38. [D] Brass ⇒ Cu + Zn
non metal ⇒ Cu + Sn + Zn
–CaCO3 dry distillation
German silver ⇒ Cu + Zn + Ni

39. [B] CN– is a strongest ligand

O
40. [C] Ionisation Isomerism
Cyclopentanone

27. [B] Pinacol → (vic-diols)

OH OH
MATHEMATICS
H3C—C—C—CH3
1. [B] Let the point is (x1, y1) then
CH3 CH3 3x1 + 4y1 = 5 … (1)
2,3-dimethyl–2,3-butanediol Also, (x1 – 1) + (y1 – 2) = (x1 – 3) + (y1–4)2
2 2 2

28. [A] ⇒ 4x1 + 4y1 = 20 … (2)

O Solving these we get,
H–C–H, do not show aldol condensation x1 = 15, y1 = – 10
αH = 0
1 X –Y
2. [B] x = X cos 45º – Y sin 45º =
6 2 2
29. [A] 3 X +Y
CH3 y = X cos 45º + Y cos 45º =
H3C 5 2
4
(A) 3, 5–dimethyl cyclohexene Hence equation be
2 2
 X –Y   X +Y
  X 2 –Y2 
3   + 3   + 2  =2
30. [C]
L O
–2
F– Na+ Mg+2 Al+3  2 
R  2   2   
Size↓ 2 2 2 2
ENC ↑
3(x – y) + 3(x + y) + 2(x – y ) = 4
∴ Correct order O–2 > F– > Na+ > Mg+2 > Al+3 ⇒ 8x2 + 4y2 = 4
⇒ 2x2 + y2 = 1
O<N
31. [B] 3. [A]
13.6 ,14.6

32. [A] (Li – Mg), (Be – Al), (B – Si)

⇒ show Diagonal Relationship

33. [A] Order of solubility of sulphate

BeSO4 > MgSO4 > CaSO4 > SrSO4

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 112 MARCH 2012

4. [A] 10. [C] f (x) = | x |, g (x) = [x – 3]
–8 8
<x< ⇒ 0 ≤ f (x)
5 5
3
Now for 0 ≤ f (x) < 1
=–3 [Q – 3 ≤ f (x) – 3 < – 2]
again for 1 ≤ f(x) < 1.6
g (f (x)) = – 2 [Q – 2 ≤ f (x) – 3 < 1.4]
required get = {–3, – 2}

5. [C] x2 – 3xy + 2y2 = 0 11. [B] f (0) = f (0 +)

⇒ (x – 2y) (x – y) = 0 cos 3 h – cos h
λ = lim
⇒ x – 2y = 0 and x – y = 0 h →0 h2
Also x2 – 3xy + 2y2 + x – 2 = 0 2 sin 2 h. sin h
= lim – =λ=–4
x – 2y + 2 = 0 and x – y – 1 = 0 h →0 ( 2h) ( h)
Clearly it is parallelogram
dy 1 + ( y / x )3
12. [B] =
( x – 2) 2 ( y + 1) 2 dx ( y / x) 2
6. [C] – =1
12 4 put y = vx
a2e2 = a2 + b2 dy 1 + v3
⇒ ae = 4 v+x =
dx v2
⇒ 2ae = 8 After solving
y3 = 3x3 log cx
7. [C] x2 + 4x – 5 = 0
⇒ x2 + 5x – x – 5 = 0 13. [D] Put x ex = t
⇒ x(x + 5) – (x + 5) = 0 ⇒ x = –5, 1 (x + 1) ex dx = dt
Hence points are (1, 2) and (1, –2) tan ( xe x )
At (1, 2) tangent on circle be
∴ ∫ sec 2 t dt = tan t + c =
f ( x)
+c
x + 2y = 5
its slope is (–1/2) 14. [C] Put x = 3 – h
Also at (1, 2) tangent on parabola be lim [– h] + [– 1 – h] = –1 + 1 = 0
h →0
2y = 2(x + 1)
Whose slope = 1 15. [C] x3 + 4x2 + 3x = x (x2 + 4x + 3)
1 = x (x + 1) (x + 3)
1+ x ≠ 0, – 1, – 3
than tan θ = 2 =3
1 A = R – {0, – 1, – 3}
1–
2 16. [B] Integrate both sides
a tan–1 x + b [log (x – 1) – ln (x + 1)]
8. [A] As the point (2 2 , 1) satisfies the eqn of dx
director circle = ∫( x – 1)( x 2 + 1)
2

x2 + y2 = 25 – 16
a tan–1 x + b [log (n – 1) – ln (x + 1)
⇒ x2 + y2 = 9
1  dx dx 
9. [B] Eqn of tangent having slope 'm' to ellipse
=  2 ∫
2  x –1
– ∫ 
x 2 + 1
1 1  x –1 –1 
y = mx + a 2m 2 + b 2 =  ln   – tan x 
2  2  x +1 
As it touch circle x2 + y2 = r2 then
a2m2 + b2 = r2 + r2m2 Compare
a = –1/2, b = + 1/4
r 2 – b2
⇒m= 1
a2 – r 2 a – 2b = – – 2 (+ 1/4) = – 1
2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 113 MARCH 2012

17. [C] f ′(x) = 3x2 + 2ax + b dy (cos θ).sin θ dy
= ⇒ = tan θ
A=3>0 dθ cos h dx
D = 4 (a2 – 3b) Q a2 – 3b < 0
 1  1 
∴D<0 23. [C] tn = (n + 1)  n +   n + 2 
 ω  ω 
∴ f ′(x) > 0 ⇒ f is strictly increasing
 1 1   1 1
⇒ no maxi./min. lie. = n3 + n2  2 + + 1 + n 1 + 2 +  + 1
ω ω   ω ω
3 2 2 2
= n + n (ω + ω + 1) + n (ω + ω + 1) + 1
18. [C] = n3 + 1
n n
y = –x y=x n 2 (n + 1) 2
∴ Sn = ∑
r =1
tr = ∑
r =1
(r 3 + 1) =
4
+n

O 2 a1 + a4 a +a
24. [C] = 2 3;
2 2 a1a4 a2 a3
A= ∫ 0
y dx = ∫ 0
x dx = 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
so, + = + or – = –
a4 a1 a3 a2 a4 a3 a2 a1
19. [C] 0<x<1 … (i)
⇒ x > x3 2
3(a2 – a3 ) a1 – a4
Also, = ;
2
2x > 2x
3
a2 a3 a1a4
1 1  1 1  1 1
∫ ∫ So, 3  –  =
2 3
2 x dx > 2 x dx ⇒ I1> I2 – … (ii)
0 0  a3 a2  a4 a1
Clearly, (i) and (ii)
20. [D] 1 1 1 1 1 1
⇒ – = – = – ;
a2 a1 a3 a2 a4 a3
1 1 1 1
so, , , , are in A.P. or a1, a2, a3, a4 are
–1 a1 a2 a3 a4
1 in H.P.
25. [D]
One-one function x2 +1 – 2 2
Range = [–1, 1] = co domain f (x) = 2
=1– 2 ;
x +1 x +1
⇓ 2
f (x) is minimum when 2 is maximum or (x2
onto function x +1
+ 1) is minimum
21. [B] x5 – 2y4 = 0 i.e. x2 + 1 ≥ 1 for all x
dy  5 x 4   2 
=  Hence  2  =2
  x + 1  max .
dx  8 y 3 
2 2
 dy   80  5 or f (x) = 1 – 2 is minimum, when 2 is
  =–   =– x +1 x +1
 dx  2, 2 8×8 4 maximum
y 2 8 or f (x) = 1 – 2 = – 1
length = = =
y1 5/ 4 5
26. [B] As it is a third-degree homogeneous
expression in x, y, we have
22. [B] y3 + y2x – µ yx2 + λ + x3 =(y + x) (y + 3x)(y + mx)
dy dy / dθ a cos θ = y3 + (m + 3 + 1) y2x + (3 + m + 3m) yx2 + 3mx3
= =
dx dx / dθ  1  ⇒ 1 = m + 4, – µ = 3 + 4m, λ = 3m,
a  – sin θ +
 2 sin θ / 2 cos θ / 2  ⇒m=–3
∴ y – 3x is third factor

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 114 MARCH 2012

27. [C] Required number 1 –1 0
= coeff. of x30 in (x2 + x3 + …..+ x16)8 = 25 0 1 –1
= coeff. of x30 in x16 (1 + x + …..+ x14)8 sin 2 x cos 2 x 5 + 4 sin 2 x
8
 1 – x15  ⇒ f (x) = 150 + 100 sin 2x
= coeff. of x14 in  

 1– x  Clearly
= coeff. of x14 in (1 – x2)–8 =21C14 = 116280 (a) domain (– ∞, ∞) (b) range [50,250]
f ( x) – 150
(c) period π (d) lim = 200
28. [C] Here |tr + 1| = 7Cr.47–r. (3x)r x →0 x
and | tr | = 7Cr–1 48–r (3x)r–1
32. [C] We have
|t | 7! (r – 1)!(8 – r )! 1
∴ r +1 = × . .3 x R = {(1, 3), (1, 5), (2, 3), (2, 5), (3, 5), (4, 5)}
| tr | r !(7 – r )! 7! 4
∴ R = {(3, 1), (5, 1), (3, 2), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4)}
8–r 3 2 8–r hence R oR–1 = {(3, 3), (3, 5), (5, 3), (5, 5)}
= . . =
r 4 3 2r
8 33. [A] n (S) = 6 × 6 × 6 × 6
∴ |tr + 1| ≥ | tr | if 8 – r ≥ 2r or ≥r
3 n(E) = the number of integral solutions of
2 x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 = 12,
r≥ 2
3 where 1≤ x1 ≤ 6, ….,1≤ x4 ≤ 6
∴ T[r] + 1 is greatest term = coefficient of x12 in (x + x2 + …. x6)4
4
∴ Numerically largest term = | t3 | = 7C2.45.(3x)2  1 – x6 
2 = coefficient of x in  8 

=
7! 5  2 
.4 .  3.  = 86016.  1– x 
2! 5!  3 = coefficient of x8 in
(1 – x6)4 . (3C0 + 4C1 x + 5C2x2 + ….)
2 4 n 16 n (1 + 15) n = 11C8 – 4. 5C2 = 125
29. [A] = =
15 15 15 .125
∴ P (E) =
1 + n C115 + n C2152 + .... + n Cn15n 6× 6× 6× 6
=
15
34. [B] The total number of ways in which 8 persons
1 + 15k
= , where k ∈ N, can speak is 8P8 = 8!. The number of ways in
15 which A, B and C can be arranged in the specified
1 speaking order is 8C3. There are 5! ways in which
= +k the other five can speak. So, favourable number of
15
ways is 8C3 × 5!
 2 4 n  1  1 8
∴  =  + k = C3 × 5! 1
 15  15  15 Hence, required probability = =
8! 6
1+ x 10
30. [B] Here f (x) = ⇒ f (A) = (I + A) (I – A)–1
1– x ∑x
i =1
i

2 2  0 –2
–1
2 2  0 – 1/ 2  35. [D] Since, =6 (Q A.M. = 6)
= =  10
     – 1/ 2 0 
2 2 –2 0   2 2   10

 –1 –1 10 ∑x i
=  
 –1 –1
⇒ ∑
i =1
xi = 60 and i =1
4
= 7.5

4 10
31. [D] Applying R1 → R1 – R2 and R2 → R2 – R3 ⇒ ∑
i =1
xi = 30, ∴ ∑x
i =5
i = 60 – 30 = 30
5 –5 0
f (x) = 0 5 –5 30
⇒ Mean of remaining items = =5
2 2
sin x cos x 5 + 4 sin 2 x 6

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 115 MARCH 2012

 r
36. [A] v = sin θ n̂ 3 4 π
r 41. [B] sin–1 + sin–1 =
| v | = sin θ x x 2
r r r r r 3 π 4
| u |2 = | a |2 + cos2 θ | b |2 – 2 cos θ a . b ⇒ sin–1 = – sin–1
x 2 x
= 1 + cos2 θ – 2 cos2 θ
r 2 3 4
| u | = sin2θ ⇒ sin–1 = cos1
r r r x x
| u | = sin θ |v | = |u |
3  x 2 – 16 
37.
r
[C] Let c = x iˆ + yˆj + zkˆ ⇒ sin–1 = sin–1  
x  x 
r r r  
| a |2 = | b |2 = | c |2 = x2 + y2+ z2 = 2 … (1)
r 3 x 2 – 16
c . iˆ < 0 ⇒ =
x x
x < 0s 2
rr rr rr ⇒ x – 16 = 9
a.b a.c b .c
r r = r r = r r ⇒x=5
| a |.| b | | a | | c | | b | | c |
1 x+ y y+z 1 1 3
= = 42. [B] + =
2 2 2 b+c c+a a+b+c
x = z, y=1–z c+a+b+c 3
⇒ =
Put x = z, y = 1 – z in eqn (i) we get (b + c)(c + a ) (a + b + c )
z = 1, – 1/3 ⇒ (2c + a + b) (a + b + c) = 3 (b +c) (c + a)
1 ⇒ 2ac + 2bc + 2c2 + a2 + ab + ac + ab + b2 + bc
x=z= –
3 = 3bc + 3ab + 3c2 + 3ac
r 1 ⇒ a2 + b2 = ab + c2
c= (– iˆ + 4 ĵ – k̂ )
3 a 2 + b –2 – c 2 a2 + b2 – c2 1
r ⇒ =1⇒ =
38. [A] P = AC + BD = AC + BC + CD ab 2ab 2
r 1
P = AC + λ AD + CD ⇒ cos c = ∠c = 60º
r 2
P = λ AD + AD
r C
P = (λ +1) AD
µ = λ +1
D α Eh
39. [B] 43. [A] x
x – x1 y – y1 z – z1 β
For image of point = =
a b c A B
–2(ax1 + by1 + cz1 + d ) Let height of piller be x m.
=
a 2 + b2 + c2 In ∆ABC
x – 1 y – 3 z – 4 –2(2 – 3 + 4 + 3) h
= = = tan β =
2 –1 1 4 +1+1 AB
x = – 3, y =5, z = 2 AB = h cot β … (1)
Image of point (–3, 5, 2) In ∆CDE
40. [B] cos 2x + 2 cos2 x = 2 h–x
tan α =
AB
⇒ 2 cos2 x –1 + 2 cos2 x = 2
AB = (h – x) cot θ … (ii)
⇒ 4 cos2x = 3
from (1) & (2)
3
⇒ cos2x = h cot β = (h – x) cot α
4
⇒ h cot β = h cot α – x cot α
π
⇒ cos2x = cos2 h (cot α – cot β) h (tan β – tan α)
6 ⇒x= ⇒x=
cot α tan β
π
⇒ x = nπ ± ,n∈z
6

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 116 MARCH 2012

44. [A] a = 3, b = 5, a = 4
c2 + a 2 – b2
ENGLISH
cos B =
2ac
1. [B] Geraff :
16 + 9 – 25 Incorrect spelling.
⇒ cos B = =0
2(3) (4) • 'e' should be replaced with 'i'
⇒ ∠B = 90º • The word should end with 'e' after 'ff'
β β Giraffe :
∴ sin + cos = sin 45º + cos 45º Correct spelling.
2 2 Giraf :
1 1 'fe' is to be added in the end.
= + = 2
2 2 Gerraffe :
• 'Ge' is to be replaced with 'Gi' to make the
correct spelling.
45. [A] sin θ + cosec θ = 2
1 2. [B] Puncture :
⇒ sin θ + =2 No error.
sin θ
It makes the tyre flat.
⇒ sin2θ – 2 sin θ + 1 = 0
Puntuation :
⇒ (sin θ – 1)2 = 0 Error of spelling
∴ sin11θ + cosec21θ = (1)11 + (1)21 = 2 Correct spelling is 'Punctuation'
Hence 'c' is missing.
Pudding :
No error
LOGICAL REASONING It is used as 'Dessert'
Pungent :
1. [D] The pattern is x2 +1, x2 + 2, . . . . No Error
It is some what 'sharp' and 'shrill'.
Missing number = 28 × 2 + 3 = 59
2. [A]A car runs on petrol and a television works by 3. [A] Luxurious : (Plush)
electricity. Something full of all 'amenities' making life 'cozy'
and 'snug'.
3. [A] All except Titans are planets of the solar Delicious : Irrelevant as it means 'something very
system. tasty.'
Comforting : 'Irrelevant' as it means 'giving
4. [C]; 5. [B] necessary comforts', whereas 'Plush' means more
than comforts.
6. [D] Tasty : (Irrelevant)
It means 'delicious'

7. [B] The third figure in each row comprises of 4. [A] Lively : Correct synonym to 'sprightly' as both
parts which are not common to the first two means, 'someone dashing/energetic/enthusiastic'.
figure. Beautiful : (Irrelevant)
Sportive : (Irrelevant)
8. [A] Intelligent : (Irrelevant)
5. [D] Wicked : It is almost a synonym to 'Astute'
Impolite : Irrelevant because it is the antonym of
9. [C] 'polite'.
Cowardly : Irrelevant as it is the opposite of
'bravely'.
Foolish : (It's the correct antonym of 'Astute'
which itself means 'clever, shrewd'.
10. [A]
6. [D] Deadly : It means 'Fatal'.
Hence, this is not a proper antonym to 'innocuous'.
Ferocious : It means 'horrible'
Hence, irrelevant to the opposite of 'innocuous'.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 117 MARCH 2012

 Poisonous : It means 'venomous'. 11. [C] Far off :
Hence, an irrelevant 'antonym'. It can't be used in place of 'aloof' as far off' means
Harmful : It is a perfect antonym of innocuous long-long ago.
which itself means 'harmless'. Hence, incorrect alternative .
Introvert : It means 'self-centred',
7. [D] Corruption : Hence, It is an incorrect alternative.
Irrelevant distance : This is an appropriate word because
Worldliness : one of the meaning of 'aloof' is distant also while
Irrelevant keeping distance between two nouns.
Favouritism : Depressed : (it means 'hopeless')
Irrelevant Hence, quite irrelevant.
Nepotism : (Correct Answer) because
It's a kind of corruption in which the authority in 12. [A] "Meatless days" This is the name of a
power takes the advantage of giving opportunity novel. Hence, no error is there.
to their relatives in their self interest. Have been made : (Erroneous)
Because 'have' should be replaced with 'has'
8. [B] Cross : (to pass by, to intersect) because 'meatless days' is a singular noun.
It means different Into a film :
Hence, irrelevant. No error in this part of the sentence.
Shuttle : (Proper answer) No error : Incorrect option because there is an
It's a kind of "regular beats" of an air flight or bus error in the sentence.
service between the two stations.
Travel : It means to journey. 13. [C] Looking forward : (No error)
Hence, irrelavent. This is a phrase.
Run : (to move regularly) 'to' (no error)
Hence, irrelevant. This is a preposition.
'Meet you here' (erroneous)
9. [D] Only 1 is correct : Because 'meet will be replaced with 'meeting'
Inappropriate answer because sentence 1 can't be Phrase 'looking forward to' is followed by present
correct using 'practise' as it is a verb, whereas the participle (V. I + ing) form of the Verb.
required word should be a noun. No error : (incorrect option)
Only 2 is correct : Part 'C' is erroneous.
Sentence 2 is also wrong because the word
'practice' is wrongly used as a verb. It should be a 14. [C] Good and Evil
verb like 'practise'. Hence, incorrect answer. This is a wrong interpretation.
Both the sentences 1 and 2 are correct. Former and Latter :
This is not relevant. Wrong interpretation.
Both the sentences 1 and 2 are not correct. For and against a thing.
Correct option, if both the words, i.e. 'practice' and Appropriate option as it really suits the Idiom ins
'practise' are interchanged respectively, it really and outs.
makes a meaningful sentence. Foul and Fair : (by hook or by crook)
10. [C] Sentence 1 is correct : This is an inappropriate option.
This option is wrong because the word 'ingenuous' 15. [A] Broke out : (to start suddenly)
means 'frank and simple' which is inappropriate. 'Correct and relevant' option because it is used for
Sentence 2 is correct : 'wars' and 'diseases' e.g. cholera broke out in Surat
This option is also wrong because the word in 1985.
'ingenious' means 'clever or prudent' and this is Set out : (to start)
inappropriate. it is different because it is used when one leaves
Both the words, i.e. 'ingenuous' and 'ingenious' if for somewhere
interchanged together respectively, it really makes e.g. He set out on his long voyage to Achilese.
both the sentences meaningful. took out : (incorrect use)
Hence, appropriate option. Because it means differently.
Both the sentences can't be interchanged. This e.g. He took out a one rupee coin to give to the
is an incorrect option because words have been beggar.
misinterpreted together. Went out : (Incorrect use) Because meaning is
Incorrect option. different
e.g. : The light went out when I was preparing for
my Board Exams.
Hence, inappropriate option.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 118 MARCH 2012

 Subscription Offer for Students
'XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C

"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.

✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/Contests problems and Challenging Questions.

SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
Special
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005 Offer
I wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Half Yearly Subscription (Rs. 100/-) One Year subscription (Rs. 200/-) Two year Subscription (Rs. 400/-)
I am paying R. …………………….through
Money Order (M.O)
Bank Demand Draft of No………………………..Bank………………………………………………………..Dated C
(Note: Demand Draft should be in favour of "Career Point Infosystems Ltd" payable at Kota.)
Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Father's Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________
________________________City_____________________________State__________________________
PIN_________________________________________Ph with STD Code __________________________
Class Studying in ________________E-Mail: ________________________________________________
From months: ____________________to ________________________________________________

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 119 MARCH 2012

 Subscription Offer for Schools
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C

"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.

✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of the IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/ Contests problems and Challenging Questions.

FREE SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,

C
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005

We wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”

Half Yearly Subscription One Year subscription Two year Subscription

Institution Detail:
Graduate Collage Senior Secondary School Higher Secondary School

Name of the Institute: _____________________________________________________________________________

Name of the Principal: _____________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address: _____________________________________________________________________________
__________________City_________________________State__________________________
PIN_____________________Ph with STD Code_____________________________________
Fax_______________________________ E-Mail_____________________________________
Board/ University: _____________________________________________________________________________________

School Seal with Signature

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 120 MARCH 2012